| blob | 406f0456662b78567a9794985e681df3ed8079cb |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
608 and many other features.
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
702 Topic Encryption
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
751 Extending Allout
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
767 Terminology
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
794 Topic text constituents:
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
905 The graphics include:
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "internal-ange-ftp-mode" "ftp-error")))
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 variables, not just user options.
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1108 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1109 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1110 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1111 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1112 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1115 noninteractive functions.
1117 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1118 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1120 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1121 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1126 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1131 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1132 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1133 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1135 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1136 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1137 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1138 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1141 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1143 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1148 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1149 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1150 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1151 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1156 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1157 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1158 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1159 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1160 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1163 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1164 names and values of properties.
1166 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1171 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1172 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1173 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1174 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1175 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1177 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1179 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1180 documentation strings.
1182 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1188 ;;;***
1189 \f
1190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1191 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1194 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1195 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1196 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1197 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1198 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1200 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1201 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1202 archive.
1208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1213 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1216 Major mode for editing arrays.
1218 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1219 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1220 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1222 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1224 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1225 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1226 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1228 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1229 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1230 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1231 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1232 The variables are:
1234 Variables you assign:
1235 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1236 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1237 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1238 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1239 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1240 row numbers in the buffer.
1242 Variables which are calculated:
1243 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1244 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1246 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1247 take a numeric prefix argument):
1265 between that of point and mark.
1273 newlines inside rows)
1277 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "untabify-backward" "move-to-column-untabify" "current-line" "xor" "limit-index")))
1283 ;;;***
1284 \f
1285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1290 Toggle Artist mode.
1291 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1292 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1293 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1295 How to quit Artist mode
1300 How to submit a bug report
1305 Drawing with the mouse:
1307 mouse-2
1308 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1309 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1310 below).
1312 mouse-1
1313 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1314 or pastes:
1316 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1317 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1319 to new point
1320 --------------------------------------------------------------
1321 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1322 --------------------------------------------------------------
1323 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1324 --------------------------------------------------------------
1325 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1326 --------------------------------------------------------------
1327 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1328 --------------------------------------------------------------
1329 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1330 --------------------------------------------------------------
1331 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1332 --------------------------------------------------------------
1333 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1334 --------------------------------------------------------------
1335 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1336 lines
1337 --------------------------------------------------------------
1338 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1339 --------------------------------------------------------------
1340 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1341 --------------------------------------------------------------
1342 Paste Paste Paste
1343 --------------------------------------------------------------
1344 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1345 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1348 or diagonally.
1350 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1351 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1352 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1353 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1354 poly-lines.
1356 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1357 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1358 overwrite means the opposite.
1360 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1361 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1362 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1364 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1366 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1369 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1370 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1371 are currently drawing something.
1373 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1374 some time to fill.
1377 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1378 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1381 Settings
1383 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1385 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1387 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1389 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1391 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1392 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1394 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1397 Drawing with keys
1400 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1402 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1403 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1404 When pasting: Pastes
1408 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1418 Arrows
1421 of the line/poly-line
1424 of the line/poly-line
1427 Selecting operation
1429 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1453 Variables
1455 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1458 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1459 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1460 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1461 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1462 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1463 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1464 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1465 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1466 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1467 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1468 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1469 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1470 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1471 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1472 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1473 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1474 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1478 Hooks
1480 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1483 Keymap summary
1489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1491 ;;;***
1492 \f
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1497 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1498 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1505 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1508 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1509 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1511 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1513 Special commands:
1518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1520 ;;;***
1521 \f
1522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1526 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1527 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1537 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1541 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1547 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1553 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1554 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1555 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1557 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1559 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1561 For example:
1563 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1573 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1574 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1575 for a description of this minor mode.
1576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1583 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1589 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1590 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1598 ;;;***
1599 \f
1600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1604 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1616 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1617 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1622 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1623 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1624 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1629 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1630 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1631 for a description of this minor mode.
1632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1639 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1644 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1645 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1651 ;;;***
1652 \f
1653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1654 ;;;;;; 0))
1655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1664 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1665 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1667 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1668 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1669 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1670 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1671 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1673 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1678 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1679 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1680 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1681 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1683 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1684 directory or directories specified.
1686 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1687 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1688 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1689 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1690 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1691 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1696 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1697 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1698 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1699 should be non-nil).
1703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "no-update-autoloads" "make-autoload")))
1705 ;;;***
1706 \f
1707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1708 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1711 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1714 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1716 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1717 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1718 disk changes.
1720 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1721 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1722 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1727 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1729 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1735 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1737 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1738 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1740 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1741 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1742 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1743 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1744 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1746 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1747 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1748 writing before you save the file!
1750 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1755 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1757 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1763 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1764 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1765 for a description of this minor mode.
1766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1773 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1775 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1776 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1778 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1779 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1780 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1782 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1783 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1784 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1785 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1786 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1788 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1789 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1790 specifies in the mode line.
1794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1796 ;;;***
1797 \f
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1799 ;;;;;; 0))
1800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1804 ;;;***
1805 \f
1806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1810 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1811 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1818 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1819 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1820 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1822 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1823 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1824 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1826 Effects of the different modes:
1827 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1828 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1829 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1830 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1831 a random distance & direction.
1832 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1833 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1834 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1837 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1844 ;;;***
1845 \f
1846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1852 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1854 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1855 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1856 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1864 ;;;***
1865 \f
1866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1867 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1871 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1872 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1873 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1878 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1879 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1880 for a description of this minor mode.
1881 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1882 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1888 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1889 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1890 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1891 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1893 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1894 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1895 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1896 seconds.
1900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1902 ;;;***
1903 \f
1904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1905 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1909 Time execution of FORMS.
1910 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1911 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1912 FORMS once.
1913 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1914 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1915 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1922 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1923 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1924 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1925 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1932 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1933 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1934 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1935 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1941 ;;;***
1942 \f
1943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1944 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-bib" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1948 ;;;***
1949 \f
1950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1954 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1955 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1956 of corresponding buffers.
1957 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1958 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1959 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1960 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1961 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1963 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1964 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1965 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1970 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1972 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1974 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1976 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1979 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1980 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1981 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1982 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1986 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1989 Special information:
1993 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1994 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1995 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2000 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2006 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2007 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2008 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2009 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2010 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2011 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2012 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2014 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2016 ----------------------------------------------------------
2017 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2018 if that value is non-nil.
2025 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2026 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2027 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2028 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2029 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2030 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2031 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2032 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2033 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2034 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2035 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2041 ;;;***
2042 \f
2043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2044 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2048 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2054 ;;;***
2055 \f
2056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2061 ;;;***
2062 \f
2063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2066 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2070 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2071 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2076 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2081 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2087 ;;;***
2088 \f
2089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2090 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2093 Play blackbox.
2094 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2096 What is blackbox?
2098 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2099 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2100 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2101 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2102 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2103 your score.
2105 Overview of play:
2108 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2109 four.
2111 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2112 movement keys.
2114 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2115 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2117 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2120 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2122 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2123 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2124 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2125 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2127 Details:
2129 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2131 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2132 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2133 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2134 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2136 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2137 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2138 denoted by the letter `R'.
2140 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2141 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2142 denoted by the letter `H'.
2144 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2145 example.
2147 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2148 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2149 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2150 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2152 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2153 ray.
2155 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2156 degree deflection it causes.
2158 1
2159 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2160 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2161 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2162 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2163 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2164 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2165 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2166 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2167 2 3
2169 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2170 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2173 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2174 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2175 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2176 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2177 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2178 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2179 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2180 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2182 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2183 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2184 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2185 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2186 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2187 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2188 emerging from the box.
2190 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2192 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2193 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2194 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2195 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2196 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2197 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2198 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2199 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2201 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2202 a reflection.
2206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("blackbox-" "bb-")))
2208 ;;;***
2209 \f
2210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2211 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2217 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2218 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2219 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2220 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2221 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2226 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2227 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2229 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2230 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2231 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2232 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2233 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2234 recent one.
2236 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2237 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2238 yank successive words.
2240 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2241 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2242 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2243 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2244 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2247 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2248 the list of bookmarks.)
2253 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2254 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2256 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2257 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2258 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2259 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2260 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2261 ever deletes the most recent one.
2263 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2264 is nil, raise an error.
2266 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2267 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2268 yank successive words.
2270 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2271 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2272 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2273 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2274 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2277 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2278 the list of bookmarks.)
2283 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2284 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2285 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2286 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2287 this.
2289 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2290 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2291 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2292 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2294 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2295 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2297 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2298 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2299 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2304 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2309 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2311 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2312 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2313 after a bookmark was set in it.
2318 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2320 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2321 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2328 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2329 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2330 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2332 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2333 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2334 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2336 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2337 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2338 name.
2343 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2344 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2346 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2347 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2348 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2349 this.
2354 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2356 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2357 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2359 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2360 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2361 probably because we were called from there.
2366 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2373 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2374 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2375 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2376 \(second argument).
2378 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2379 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2380 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2381 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2382 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2384 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2386 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2387 `bookmark-default-file'.
2392 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2393 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2394 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2395 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2396 while loading.
2398 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2399 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2400 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2401 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2402 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2403 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2405 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2406 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2412 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2413 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2414 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2415 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2424 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2428 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2430 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2434 ;;;***
2435 \f
2436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2437 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2439 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2440 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2441 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2442 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2444 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2445 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2446 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2447 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2450 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2454 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2455 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2456 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2457 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2459 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2463 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2464 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2465 narrowed.
2467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2470 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2472 \(fn)" t nil)
2474 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2475 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2477 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2479 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2481 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2482 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2483 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2484 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2485 first, if that exists.
2487 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2488 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2489 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2490 ignore it).
2491 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2492 as ARGS.
2494 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2498 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2499 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2504 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2506 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2507 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2508 says which browser to use.
2510 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2514 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2515 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2517 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2522 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2524 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2525 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2526 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2527 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2529 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2530 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2531 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2538 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2542 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2543 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2545 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2546 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2547 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2548 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2551 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2552 new tab in an existing window instead.
2554 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2555 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2562 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2564 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2565 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2566 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2568 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2569 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2570 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2572 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2573 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2577 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2578 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2579 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2580 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2581 Chromium.
2582 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2584 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2586 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2587 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2588 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2589 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2591 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2592 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2593 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2594 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2597 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2598 new tab in an existing window instead.
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2614 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2615 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2619 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2620 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2622 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2623 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2625 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2627 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2629 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2630 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2632 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2633 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2634 program is invoked according to the variable
2635 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2637 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2638 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2639 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2640 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2642 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2643 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2647 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2649 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2650 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2651 Default to the URL around or before point.
2653 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2654 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2655 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2657 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2658 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2659 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2660 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2662 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2663 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2665 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2667 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2669 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2670 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2671 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2672 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2674 When called interactively, if variable
2675 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2676 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2677 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2678 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2680 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2681 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2682 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2684 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2685 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2687 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2689 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2690 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2691 Default to the URL around or before point.
2693 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2694 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2695 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2697 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2698 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2700 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2702 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2703 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2704 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2705 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2707 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2709 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2711 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2712 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2713 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2714 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2715 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2716 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2717 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2719 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2721 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2722 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2723 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2724 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2725 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2727 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2728 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2729 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2730 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2732 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2733 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2735 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2737 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2738 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2739 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2740 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2741 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2742 current one.
2744 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2745 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2746 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2747 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2749 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2750 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2752 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2754 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2755 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2756 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2757 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2758 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2759 don't offer a form of remote control.
2761 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2764 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2765 Default to the URL around or before point.
2766 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2768 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2770 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2771 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2772 Default to the URL around the point.
2774 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2775 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2777 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2778 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2780 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2784 ;;;***
2785 \f
2786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2787 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2788 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2790 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2791 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2792 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2793 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2795 \(fn)" t nil)
2797 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2798 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2799 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2800 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2802 \(fn)" t nil)
2804 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2805 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2807 \(fn)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2810 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2812 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2813 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2814 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2819 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2820 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2821 name of buffer configuration.
2823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2827 ;;;***
2828 \f
2829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2832 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2833 Play Bubbles game.
2835 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2837 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2838 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2839 columns on its right towards the left.
2846 \(fn)" t nil)
2848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2850 ;;;***
2851 \f
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2853 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2856 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2858 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2859 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2860 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2861 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2862 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2866 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2867 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2873 ;;;***
2874 \f
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2876 ;;;;;; 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2881 ;;;***
2882 \f
2883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2884 ;;;;;; 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2886 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2887 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2888 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2890 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2892 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2893 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2894 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2895 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2896 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2897 else the global value will be modified.
2899 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2901 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2902 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2903 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2904 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2905 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2906 else the global value will be modified.
2908 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2910 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2911 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2912 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2914 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2916 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2917 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2918 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2919 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2921 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2922 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2923 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2924 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2925 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2926 before scanning it.
2928 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2929 that already has a `.elc' file.
2931 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2932 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2934 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2935 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2936 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2937 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2938 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2939 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2941 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2943 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2944 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2945 Print the result in the echo area.
2946 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2950 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2951 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2952 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2954 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2956 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2957 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2958 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2959 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2960 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2961 all functions called by those functions.
2963 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2964 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2965 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2967 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2968 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2969 invoked interactively.
2971 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2973 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2974 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2975 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2976 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2978 \(fn)" nil nil)
2980 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2981 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2982 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2983 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2984 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2986 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2987 already up-to-date.
2989 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2991 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2992 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2993 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2994 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2996 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2997 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2998 and corresponding effects.
3000 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "no-byte-compile" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp")))
3004 ;;;***
3005 \f
3006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3007 ;;;;;; 0))
3008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("diary-bahai-" "calendar-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3012 ;;;***
3013 \f
3014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3015 ;;;;;; 0))
3016 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3018 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("diary-chinese-" "calendar-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3022 ;;;***
3023 \f
3024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3025 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3026 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("diary-" "calendar-")))
3030 ;;;***
3031 \f
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3033 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3035 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3037 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3039 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("dst-" "calendar-")))
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3046 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("diary-french-date" "calendar-french-")))
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3054 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3057 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3058 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3059 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3060 from the cursor position.
3062 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("diary-hebrew-" "calendar-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3066 ;;;***
3067 \f
3068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3073 ;;;***
3074 \f
3075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3076 ;;;;;; 0))
3077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("diary-islamic-" "calendar-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("diary-iso-date" "calendar-iso-")))
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3091 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("diary-" "calendar-" "holiday-julian")))
3096 ;;;***
3097 \f
3098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3099 ;;;;;; 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("diary-mayan-date" "calendar-mayan-")))
3104 ;;;***
3105 \f
3106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3111 ;;;***
3112 \f
3113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3114 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3121 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("diary-persian-date" "calendar-persian-")))
3126 ;;;***
3127 \f
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3133 ;;;***
3134 \f
3135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3140 ;;;***
3141 \f
3142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3144 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3146 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3151 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3154 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3156 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3157 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3159 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3161 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3162 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3163 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3164 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3166 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3168 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3169 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3170 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3171 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3173 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3175 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3177 This is most useful in the X window system.
3179 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3181 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3183 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3185 See calc-keypad for details.
3187 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3189 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3190 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3192 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3194 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3195 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3197 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3199 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3200 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3202 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3204 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3205 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3208 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3210 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3211 Define Calc function.
3213 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3214 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3215 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3217 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3218 actual Lisp function name.
3220 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3222 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3224 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("math-" "calc" "var-" "inexact-result" "defcalcmodevar")))
3228 ;;;***
3229 \f
3230 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3231 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3232 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("math-" "calc")))
3236 ;;;***
3237 \f
3238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc")))
3243 ;;;***
3244 \f
3245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3246 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("math-" "calc")))
3250 ;;;***
3251 \f
3252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3253 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc")))
3257 ;;;***
3258 \f
3259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("math-" "calc")))
3264 ;;;***
3265 \f
3266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3267 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3271 ;;;***
3272 \f
3273 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3279 ;;;***
3280 \f
3281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3286 ;;;***
3287 \f
3288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3293 ;;;***
3294 \f
3295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calc" "var-TimeZone")))
3300 ;;;***
3301 \f
3302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3307 ;;;***
3308 \f
3309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3314 ;;;***
3315 \f
3316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3321 ;;;***
3322 \f
3323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3328 ;;;***
3329 \f
3330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3331 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3335 ;;;***
3336 \f
3337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3338 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3342 ;;;***
3343 \f
3344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("math-" "calc-")))
3349 ;;;***
3350 \f
3351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3352 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3356 ;;;***
3357 \f
3358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("math-" "calc")))
3363 ;;;***
3364 \f
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3370 ;;;***
3371 \f
3372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3377 ;;;***
3378 \f
3379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3380 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3392 ;;;***
3393 \f
3394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3406 ;;;***
3407 \f
3408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("math-" "calc" "var-q")))
3420 ;;;***
3421 \f
3422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3423 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calc")))
3427 ;;;***
3428 \f
3429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3434 ;;;***
3435 \f
3436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3437 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3441 ;;;***
3442 \f
3443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("math-" "calc")))
3448 ;;;***
3449 \f
3450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3451 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3458 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("math-" "calc")))
3462 ;;;***
3463 \f
3464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3469 ;;;***
3470 \f
3471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3472 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3474 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3477 \(fn N)" t nil)
3479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3481 ;;;***
3482 \f
3483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3484 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3488 ;;;***
3489 \f
3490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3491 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("math-" "calc")))
3495 ;;;***
3496 \f
3497 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3498 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calc")))
3517 ;;;***
3518 \f
3519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-c")))
3524 ;;;***
3525 \f
3526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3531 ;;;***
3532 \f
3533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3536 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3537 Run the Emacs calculator.
3538 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3540 \(fn)" t nil)
3542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3549 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3550 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3551 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3552 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3553 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3554 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3556 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3557 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3558 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3559 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3560 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3561 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3562 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3564 window.
3566 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3567 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3569 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3570 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3571 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3572 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3573 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3574 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3576 Runs the following hooks:
3578 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3579 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3580 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3581 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3583 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "diary-" "holiday-buffer")))
3589 ;;;***
3590 \f
3591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3594 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3595 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3597 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3599 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3600 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3601 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3602 it fails.
3604 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3608 ;;;***
3609 \f
3610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3615 ;;;***
3616 \f
3617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-")))
3622 ;;;***
3623 \f
3624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3625 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3630 ;;;***
3631 \f
3632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3637 ;;;***
3638 \f
3639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "c-")))
3644 ;;;***
3645 \f
3646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3647 ;;;;;; 0))
3648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3650 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3651 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3653 \(fn)" nil nil)
3655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3657 ;;;***
3658 \f
3659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "java" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "pike-font-lock-keywords" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "objc-font-lock-keywords")))
3664 ;;;***
3665 \f
3666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3669 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3670 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3672 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3673 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3675 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3676 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3678 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3680 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3681 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3682 made from scratch.
3684 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3686 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3687 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3689 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3690 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3691 made from scratch.
3693 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3695 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3696 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3698 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3700 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3701 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3702 made from scratch.
3704 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3706 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3707 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3709 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3710 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3711 made from scratch.
3713 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3715 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3716 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3718 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3720 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3721 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3722 made from scratch.
3724 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3727 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3729 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3730 variables are guessed:
3732 * `c-basic-offset', and
3733 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3734 `c-offsets-alist'.
3736 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3737 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3739 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3740 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3742 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3743 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3744 guess is made from scratch.
3746 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3747 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3749 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3751 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3752 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3753 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3754 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3756 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3757 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3758 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3760 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3764 ;;;***
3765 \f
3766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3771 ;;;***
3772 \f
3773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3778 ;;;***
3779 \f
3780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3783 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3784 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3785 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3786 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3787 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3788 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3791 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3802 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3803 Major mode for editing C code.
3806 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3807 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3808 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3812 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3813 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3815 Key bindings:
3818 \(fn)" t nil)
3820 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3821 Analyse buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3823 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3824 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3825 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3826 should be used.
3828 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3829 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3830 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3832 \(fn)" nil nil)
3834 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3835 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3837 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3838 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3839 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3840 message.
3844 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3845 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3847 Key bindings:
3850 \(fn)" t nil)
3853 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3854 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3856 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3857 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3858 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3859 message.
3863 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3864 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3866 Key bindings:
3869 \(fn)" t nil)
3872 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3873 Major mode for editing Java code.
3875 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3876 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3877 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3878 message.
3882 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3883 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3885 Key bindings:
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3891 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3892 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3894 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3895 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3896 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3897 message.
3901 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3902 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3904 Key bindings:
3907 \(fn)" t nil)
3909 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3911 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3912 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3914 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3915 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3916 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3917 message.
3921 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3922 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3924 Key bindings:
3927 \(fn)" t nil)
3929 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3930 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3931 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3932 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3934 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3935 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3937 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3938 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3939 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3943 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3944 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3946 Key bindings:
3949 \(fn)" t nil)
3951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c++-mode-" "c-" "awk-mode-map" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-")))
3953 ;;;***
3954 \f
3955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3956 ;;;;;; 0))
3957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3959 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3960 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3961 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3962 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3964 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3967 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3968 might get set too.
3970 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3971 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3972 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3973 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3974 in this way.
3976 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3977 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3978 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3979 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3980 a null operation.
3982 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3984 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3985 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3986 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3987 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3989 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3991 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3992 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3993 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3995 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3997 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3998 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3999 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4000 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4001 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4003 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4007 ;;;***
4008 \f
4009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4011 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4012 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4013 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c++-" "c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4017 ;;;***
4018 \f
4019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4020 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4022 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4023 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4025 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4027 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4028 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4030 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4032 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4033 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4035 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4036 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4037 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4038 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4039 execution.
4041 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4043 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4045 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4046 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4048 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4049 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4050 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4051 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4053 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4054 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4055 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4056 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4057 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4058 `write' commands.
4060 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4061 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4062 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4063 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4065 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4066 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4067 semantics.
4069 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4071 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4073 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4075 STATEMENT :=
4076 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4077 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4079 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4080 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4081 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4082 | integer
4084 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4086 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4087 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4088 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4090 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4091 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4092 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4094 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4096 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4097 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4098 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4099 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4100 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4101 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4102 ;; last STATEMENT.
4103 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4105 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4106 BREAK := (break)
4108 REPEAT :=
4109 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4110 (repeat)
4111 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4112 ;; (repeat))
4113 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4114 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4115 ;; (read REG)
4116 ;; (repeat))
4117 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4118 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4119 ;; (read REG)
4120 ;; (repeat))
4121 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4123 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4124 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4125 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4126 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4127 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4128 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4129 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4130 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4131 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4132 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4133 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4134 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4135 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4136 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4137 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4138 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4140 WRITE :=
4141 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4142 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4143 ;; representation.
4144 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4145 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4146 ;; (write r7))
4147 | (write EXPRESSION)
4148 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4149 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4150 ;; representation.
4151 | (write integer)
4152 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4153 ;; buffer.
4154 | (write string)
4155 ;; Same as: (write string)
4156 | string
4157 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4158 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4159 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4160 ;; representation.
4161 | (write REG ARRAY)
4162 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4163 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4164 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4165 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4166 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4167 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4169 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4170 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4172 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4173 END := (end)
4175 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4176 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4177 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4179 ARG := REG | integer
4181 OPERATOR :=
4182 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4183 + | - | * | / | %
4185 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4186 | & | `|' | ^
4188 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4189 | << | >>
4191 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4192 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4193 | <8
4195 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4196 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4197 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4198 | >8
4200 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4201 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4202 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4203 | //
4205 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4206 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4208 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4209 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4210 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4211 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4212 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4213 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4214 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4215 | de-sjis
4217 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4218 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4219 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4220 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4221 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4222 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4223 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4224 ;; byte of SJIS.
4225 | en-sjis
4227 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4228 ;; Same meaning as C code
4229 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4231 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4232 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4233 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4234 | <8=
4236 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4237 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4238 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4240 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4241 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4242 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4243 | //=
4245 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4248 TRANSLATE :=
4249 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4250 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4251 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4252 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4253 ;; respectively.
4254 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4255 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4256 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4257 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4259 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4260 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4261 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4263 LOOKUP :=
4264 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4265 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4266 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4267 ;; respectively.
4268 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4269 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4270 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4272 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4273 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4274 ;; REG.
4275 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4276 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4277 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4279 MAP :=
4280 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4281 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4282 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4283 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4285 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4286 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4287 MAP-ID := integer
4289 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4291 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4293 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4294 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4295 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4296 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4297 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4298 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4300 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4302 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4303 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4304 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4306 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4308 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4312 ;;;***
4313 \f
4314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4317 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4318 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4319 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4320 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4322 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4324 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4326 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4327 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4329 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4333 ;;;***
4334 \f
4335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4336 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4340 ;;;***
4341 \f
4342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4343 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4344 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4348 ;;;***
4349 \f
4350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4351 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4356 ;;;***
4357 \f
4358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4359 ;;;;;; 0))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4364 ;;;***
4365 \f
4366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4367 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4372 ;;;***
4373 \f
4374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4375 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4380 ;;;***
4381 \f
4382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4384 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4386 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4387 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4388 There are no special keybindings by default.
4391 to the action header.
4393 \(fn)" t nil)
4395 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4396 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4397 There are no special keybindings by default.
4400 to the action header.
4402 \(fn)" t nil)
4404 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4405 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4407 \(fn)" t nil)
4409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4411 ;;;***
4412 \f
4413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4414 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4416 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4417 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4418 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4419 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4420 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4422 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4423 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4425 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4426 from which to start.
4428 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4436 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4440 ;;;***
4441 \f
4442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4443 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4446 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4447 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4448 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4450 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4452 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4453 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4454 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4456 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4460 ;;;***
4461 \f
4462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4463 ;;;;;; 0))
4464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4465 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4466 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4467 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4468 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4469 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4470 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4471 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4472 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4473 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4475 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4476 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4478 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4479 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4480 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4482 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4483 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4484 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4485 the users will view as each check is completed.
4487 \(fn)" t nil)
4489 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4490 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4491 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4492 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4493 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4494 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4495 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4496 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4498 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4500 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4501 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4502 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4503 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4504 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4505 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4506 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4507 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4509 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4511 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4512 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4513 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4514 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4515 spacing are all verified.
4517 \(fn)" t nil)
4519 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4520 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4521 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4522 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4523 otherwise stop after the first error.
4525 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4527 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4528 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4530 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4532 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4533 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4534 Only documentation strings are checked.
4535 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4536 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4537 a separate buffer.
4539 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4541 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4542 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4543 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4544 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4545 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4547 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4549 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4550 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4551 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4552 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4553 if there is one.
4555 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4557 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4558 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4559 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4560 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4561 if there is one.
4562 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4564 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4566 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4567 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4568 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4570 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4572 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4573 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4574 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4575 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4576 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4578 \(fn)" t nil)
4580 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4581 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4582 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4583 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4584 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4585 space at the end of each line.
4587 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4590 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4591 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4592 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4594 \(fn)" t nil)
4596 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4597 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4598 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4599 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4601 \(fn)" t nil)
4603 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4604 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4605 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4606 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4610 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4611 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4612 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4613 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4615 \(fn)" t nil)
4617 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4618 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4619 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4620 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4622 \(fn)" t nil)
4624 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4625 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4626 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4627 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4629 \(fn)" t nil)
4631 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4632 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4633 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4634 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4636 \(fn)" t nil)
4638 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4639 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4640 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4641 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4645 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4646 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4647 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4648 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4650 \(fn)" t nil)
4652 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4653 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4654 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4655 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4656 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4658 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4659 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4660 checking of documentation strings.
4664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4666 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4667 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4673 ;;;***
4674 \f
4675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4676 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4679 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4680 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4681 Return the length of resulting text.
4683 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4685 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4686 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4688 \(fn)" t nil)
4690 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4691 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4692 Return the length of resulting text.
4694 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4696 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4697 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4701 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4704 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4706 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4709 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz/zw-start-gb" "hz-" "decode-hz-line-continuation" "zw-start-gb" "iso2022-")))
4713 ;;;***
4714 \f
4715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4718 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4719 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4720 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4721 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4722 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4723 editing and the result is evaluated.
4725 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4727 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4728 List history of commands that used the minibuffer.
4729 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4730 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4731 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4733 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4735 \(fn)" t nil)
4737 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4738 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4739 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4740 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4741 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4743 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4744 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4747 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4748 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4750 \(fn)" t nil)
4752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-" "default-command-history-filter")))
4754 ;;;***
4755 \f
4756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "def" "lexical-let" "labels" "flet")))
4761 ;;;***
4762 \f
4763 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4764 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4769 ;;;***
4770 \f
4771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4772 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4775 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4776 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4777 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4778 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4779 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4780 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4781 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4782 of this function.
4784 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4785 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4786 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4787 property are:
4789 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4790 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4792 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4793 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4794 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4795 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4796 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4797 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4798 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4799 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4800 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4801 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4802 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4803 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4805 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4806 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4807 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4809 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4810 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4811 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4812 list elements are:
4814 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4816 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4818 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4820 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4821 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4823 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4824 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4826 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4827 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4828 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4829 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4830 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4831 value specified by their associated list element.
4833 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4835 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4836 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4837 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4839 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4840 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4841 * indent the first argument by 4.
4842 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4843 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4844 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4846 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4847 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4848 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4849 instead.
4851 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-")))
4855 ;;;***
4856 \f
4857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4859 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4861 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4863 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4864 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4865 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4866 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4867 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4868 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4870 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4871 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4875 ;;;***
4876 \f
4877 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4878 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4883 ;;;***
4884 \f
4885 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4886 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4891 ;;;***
4892 \f
4893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4896 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4897 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4898 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4899 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4901 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4902 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4903 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4904 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4906 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4907 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4909 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
4913 ;;;***
4914 \f
4915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
4916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4918 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4919 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4920 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4921 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4922 of `scheme-program-name').
4923 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4924 it is given as initial input.
4925 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4926 discards input when it starts up.
4927 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4928 is run).
4931 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme" "scheme-" "inferior-scheme-")))
4935 ;;;***
4936 \f
4937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
4938 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4940 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4941 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4945 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4946 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4948 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4949 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4950 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4952 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
4956 ;;;***
4957 \f
4958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
4959 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4961 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4962 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4963 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4964 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4965 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4966 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4967 functions have already modified the buffer.
4969 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4971 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4972 either globally or locally.")
4974 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4975 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4976 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4977 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4979 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4980 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4981 `start-file-process'
4982 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4983 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4984 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4986 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4987 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4989 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4991 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4993 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4995 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4996 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4997 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4998 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4999 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5000 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5001 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5002 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5003 process as its initial input.
5005 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5007 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5009 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5011 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5012 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5013 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5014 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5015 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5016 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5018 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5020 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5022 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5023 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5024 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5025 directory tracking functions.")
5027 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5028 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5029 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5031 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5033 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5035 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5036 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5037 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5039 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5041 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5043 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5044 Send COMMAND to current process.
5045 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5046 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5048 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5050 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5051 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5052 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5053 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5055 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5059 ;;;***
5060 \f
5061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5064 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5065 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5066 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5067 to get another window.
5069 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5070 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5072 This command pushes the mark in each window
5073 at the prior location of point in that window.
5074 If both windows display the same buffer,
5075 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5076 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5078 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5079 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5080 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5081 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5082 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5083 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5084 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5085 ignored.
5087 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5088 this command work in interlaced mode:
5089 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5090 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5091 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5093 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5097 ;;;***
5098 \f
5099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5100 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5104 ;;;***
5105 \f
5106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5109 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5110 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5112 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5114 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5115 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5116 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5118 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5120 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5121 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5122 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5124 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5126 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5127 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5128 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5129 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5130 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5132 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5133 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5134 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5135 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5138 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5139 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5140 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5141 describing how the process finished.")
5143 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5144 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5145 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5146 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5147 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5149 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5151 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5153 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5155 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5156 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5157 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5158 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5160 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5162 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5163 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5165 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5166 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5169 (lambda ()
5174 (if buffer-file-name
5175 (shell-quote-argument
5176 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
5178 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5179 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5181 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5182 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5183 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5184 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5186 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5188 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5189 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5190 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5191 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5194 and move to the source code that caused it.
5196 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5197 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5199 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5200 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5201 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5202 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5203 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5205 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5206 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5208 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5210 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5211 kills its subprocesses.
5213 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5214 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5215 to a function that generates a unique name.
5217 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5219 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5220 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5221 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5222 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5224 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5225 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5227 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5228 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5229 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5230 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5232 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5233 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5234 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5236 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5238 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5240 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5241 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5246 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5250 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5252 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5254 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5255 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5257 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5258 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5260 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5261 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5262 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5263 See `compilation-mode'.
5265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5267 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5268 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5270 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5271 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5273 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5274 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5275 `compilation-mode'.
5277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5279 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5280 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5281 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5283 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5287 ;;;***
5288 \f
5289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5290 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5292 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5293 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5294 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5295 for a description of this minor mode.
5296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5297 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5298 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5300 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5302 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5303 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5304 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5305 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5306 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "initialize-completions" "current-completion-source" "cdabbrev-" "clear-all-completions" "check-completion-length" "complet" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "list-all-completions" "symbol-" "set-c" "save" "kill-" "accept-completion" "add-" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "delete-completion" "find-" "make-c" "num-cmpl-sources" "next-cdabbrev" "reset-cdabbrev" "enable-completion")))
5312 ;;;***
5313 \f
5314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5315 ;;;;;; 0))
5316 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5318 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5319 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5320 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5321 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5322 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5323 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5324 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5326 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5327 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5328 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5330 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5331 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5332 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5334 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5335 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5336 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5337 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5339 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5340 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5341 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5342 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5343 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5344 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5345 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5349 \(fn)" t nil)
5351 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5352 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5353 Comments start with `#'.
5354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5358 \[Desktop Entry]
5359 Encoding=UTF-8
5360 Name=The GIMP
5361 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5362 Name[cs]=GIMP
5364 \(fn)" t nil)
5366 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5367 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5368 Comments start with `;'.
5369 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5373 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5374 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5375 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5377 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5378 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5380 \(fn)" t nil)
5382 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5383 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5384 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5385 between `/*' and `*/'.
5386 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5389 // another kind of comment
5390 /* yet another */
5392 name:value
5393 name=value
5394 name value
5395 x.1 =
5396 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5397 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5399 \(fn)" t nil)
5401 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5402 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5404 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5405 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5406 `conf-space-keywords'.
5407 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5408 in an interactive fashion instead.
5410 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5414 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5415 image/png png
5416 image/tiff tiff tif
5418 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5419 class desktop
5420 # Standard multimedia devices
5421 add /dev/audio desktop
5422 add /dev/mixer desktop
5424 \(fn)" t nil)
5426 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5427 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5428 See `conf-space-mode'.
5430 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5432 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5433 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5435 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5442 \(fn)" t nil)
5444 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5445 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5447 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5451 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5454 \(fn)" t nil)
5456 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5457 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5459 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5463 *background: gray99
5464 *foreground: black
5466 \(fn)" t nil)
5468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5470 ;;;***
5471 \f
5472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5475 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5476 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5477 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5478 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5479 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5480 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5482 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5484 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5485 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5486 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5487 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5489 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5491 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5492 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5493 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5494 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5496 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5500 ;;;***
5501 \f
5502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5503 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5505 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5506 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5507 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5509 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5510 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5511 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5512 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5513 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5514 following the copyright are updated as well.
5515 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5516 interactively.
5518 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5520 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5521 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5522 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5523 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5524 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5526 \(fn)" t nil)
5528 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5529 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5531 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5533 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5534 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5535 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5537 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5541 ;;;***
5542 \f
5543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5544 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5546 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5547 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5548 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5549 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5550 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5551 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5552 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5554 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5555 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5556 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5557 Tab indents for Perl code.
5558 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5559 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5561 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5562 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5563 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5567 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5568 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5569 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5570 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5571 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5574 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5576 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5577 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5579 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5581 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5582 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5583 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5585 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5586 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5589 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5593 bite if angry;
5595 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5596 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5597 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5598 to nil.)
5601 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5602 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5604 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5606 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5607 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5608 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5610 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5614 if (A) { B }
5616 into
5618 B if A;
5622 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5623 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5624 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5625 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5626 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5627 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5628 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5629 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5630 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5631 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5632 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5633 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5636 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5638 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5639 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5640 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5641 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5643 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5645 man via menu.
5647 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5648 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5649 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5650 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5654 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5655 span the needed amount of lines.
5657 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5658 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5659 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5660 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5662 Variables controlling indentation style:
5663 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5664 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5665 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5666 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5667 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5668 `cperl-auto-newline'
5669 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5670 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5672 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5673 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5674 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5675 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5676 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5677 `cperl-indent-level'
5678 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5679 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5680 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5681 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5682 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5683 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5684 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5685 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5686 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5687 `cperl-brace-offset'
5688 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5689 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5690 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5691 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5692 `cperl-label-offset'
5693 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5694 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5695 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5697 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5698 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5699 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5700 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5701 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5702 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5704 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5707 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5709 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5710 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5711 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5712 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5714 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5715 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5717 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5718 column 0 is indented on
5719 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5721 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5722 with no args.
5724 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5725 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5726 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5728 \(fn)" t nil)
5730 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5731 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5733 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5735 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5736 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5738 \(fn)" t nil)
5740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5742 ;;;***
5743 \f
5744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5747 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5748 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5749 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5750 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5751 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5755 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5756 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5758 \(fn)" t nil)
5760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5762 ;;;***
5763 \f
5764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5767 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5768 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5769 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5771 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5772 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5776 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5779 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5783 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5784 with empty strings removed.
5786 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5790 ;;;***
5791 \f
5792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5793 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5795 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5796 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5798 \(fn)" t nil)
5801 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5804 \(fn)" t nil)
5806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("scss-" "css-")))
5808 ;;;***
5809 \f
5810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5813 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5814 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5815 See the `cua-mode' command
5816 for a description of this minor mode.
5817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5819 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5821 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5823 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5824 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5826 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5827 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5829 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5830 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5831 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5832 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5833 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5834 normal function of these prefix keys.
5836 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5837 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5838 options:
5839 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5840 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5841 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5843 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5844 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5845 the prefix fallback behavior.
5847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5849 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5850 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5852 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5856 ;;;***
5857 \f
5858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
5863 ;;;***
5864 \f
5865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
5866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5868 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5869 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5870 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
5876 ;;;***
5877 \f
5878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5879 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5882 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5884 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5885 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5889 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5890 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5891 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5892 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5893 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5894 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5895 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
5901 ;;;***
5902 \f
5903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
5904 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
5906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
5908 ;;;***
5909 \f
5910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
5911 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5913 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5914 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5916 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5918 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5919 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5921 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5923 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5924 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5926 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5928 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5929 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5931 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5932 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5934 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5935 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5937 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5939 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5941 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5942 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5943 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5945 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5946 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5948 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5949 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5951 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5952 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5954 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5956 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5958 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5959 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5960 Return VALUE.
5962 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5963 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5965 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5966 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5968 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5969 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5971 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5973 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5975 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5976 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5977 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5978 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5980 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5981 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5982 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5984 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5986 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5987 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5989 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5990 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5992 \(fn)" t nil)
5994 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5995 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
5996 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
5997 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
5998 for the MODE to customize.
6000 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6002 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6003 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6004 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6006 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6008 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6009 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6011 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6013 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6015 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6016 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6018 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6020 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6022 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6023 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6024 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6026 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6028 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6029 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6030 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6031 as part of Emacs itself.
6033 Each elements looks like this:
6035 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6037 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6038 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6039 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6040 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6041 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6042 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6043 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6044 and `defface'.
6046 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6054 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6055 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6056 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
6057 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6059 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6061 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6062 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6063 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6064 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6065 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6066 release.
6068 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6069 that were added or redefined since that version.
6071 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6073 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6074 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6075 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6076 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6078 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6080 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6081 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6083 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6085 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6086 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6087 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6089 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6090 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6092 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6094 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6095 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6097 \(fn)" t nil)
6099 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6100 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6102 \(fn)" t nil)
6104 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6105 Customize all saved options and faces.
6107 \(fn)" t nil)
6109 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6110 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6111 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6112 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6113 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6114 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6116 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6117 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6118 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6120 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6122 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6123 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6125 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6127 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6128 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6130 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6132 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6133 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6135 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6137 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6138 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6139 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6140 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6142 \(fn)" nil nil)
6144 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6145 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6146 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6147 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6148 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6149 that option.
6150 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6152 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6154 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6155 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6156 The result includes selecting that window.
6157 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6158 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6159 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6160 that option.
6161 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6163 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6165 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6166 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6168 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6170 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6171 File used for storing customization information.
6172 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6173 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6174 it should be an absolute file name.
6176 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6177 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6178 something like the following in your init file:
6181 \(load custom-file)
6183 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6184 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6186 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6187 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6188 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6189 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6190 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6192 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6193 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6194 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6195 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6196 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6197 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6199 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6200 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6201 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6203 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6205 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6206 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6208 \(fn)" nil nil)
6210 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6211 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6213 \(fn)" t nil)
6215 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6216 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6217 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6219 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6221 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6222 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6223 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6224 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6225 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6227 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6231 ;;;***
6232 \f
6233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6236 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6237 Create or edit a custom theme.
6238 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6239 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6240 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6241 from the Custom save file.
6242 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6243 named *Custom Theme*.
6245 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6247 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6248 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6250 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6252 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6253 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6255 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6257 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6258 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6259 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6260 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6266 ;;;***
6267 \f
6268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6269 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6271 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6272 Mode used for cvs status output.
6274 \(fn)" t nil)
6276 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6278 ;;;***
6279 \f
6280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6282 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6284 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6285 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6287 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6289 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6290 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6291 C++ modes are included.
6293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6294 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6295 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6299 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6301 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6302 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6303 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6304 for a description of this minor mode.
6305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6306 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6307 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6309 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6311 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6312 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6313 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6314 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6315 ARG is omitted or nil.
6317 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6318 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6319 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled" "cwarn-")))
6325 ;;;***
6326 \f
6327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6328 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6331 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6332 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6334 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6336 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6337 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6339 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6341 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6342 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6343 For readability, the table is slightly
6344 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6346 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6347 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6348 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6349 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6350 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6352 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6356 ;;;***
6357 \f
6358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6359 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6360 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6361 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6362 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6363 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6365 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6366 Completion on current word.
6368 and presents suggestions for completion.
6370 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6371 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6372 completions.
6375 then it searches *all* buffers.
6377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6379 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6382 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6383 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6384 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6385 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6386 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function', if `dabbrev-check-other-buffers'
6387 says so. Then, if `dabbrev-check-all-buffers' is non-nil, look in
6388 all the other buffers, subject to constraints specified
6389 by `dabbrev-ignored-buffer-names' and `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'.
6391 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6392 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6394 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6395 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6396 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6398 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6399 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6403 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6407 ;;;***
6408 \f
6409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6410 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6412 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6413 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6415 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6419 ;;;***
6420 \f
6421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6422 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6424 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6425 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6426 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6427 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6428 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6430 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6434 ;;;***
6435 \f
6436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6439 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6440 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6442 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6443 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6444 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6446 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6447 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6448 Data lines are not indented.
6450 Key bindings:
6453 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6460 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6462 dcl-basic-offset
6463 Extra indentation within blocks.
6465 dcl-continuation-offset
6466 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6468 dcl-margin-offset
6469 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6471 dcl-margin-label-offset
6472 Indentation for a label.
6474 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6475 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6477 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6478 dcl-block-end-regexp
6479 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6480 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6481 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6482 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6483 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6485 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6486 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6487 Two such functions are included in the package:
6488 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6489 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6491 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6492 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6493 One such function is included in the package:
6494 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6496 dcl-tab-always-indent
6497 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6498 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6499 margin.
6501 dcl-electric-characters
6502 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6503 typed.
6505 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6506 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6507 which words trigger electric indentation.
6509 dcl-tempo-comma
6510 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6511 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6512 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6514 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6515 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6516 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6517 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6519 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6520 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6521 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6522 dcl-imenu-label-call
6523 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6525 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6526 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6527 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6528 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6531 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6533 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6534 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6535 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6536 $ i = 1
6537 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6538 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6539 $ label:
6540 $ if i.eq.1
6541 $ then
6542 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6543 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6544 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6545 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6548 $ type sys$input
6549 Data lines are not indented at all.
6550 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6551 $ endif
6552 $
6555 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6556 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6558 \(fn)" t nil)
6560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6562 ;;;***
6563 \f
6564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6567 (setq debugger 'debug)
6569 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6571 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6572 of the evaluator.
6574 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6575 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6576 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6578 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6580 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6581 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6583 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6585 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6586 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6587 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6588 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6589 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6590 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6593 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6595 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6597 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6599 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6600 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6601 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6603 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6607 ;;;***
6608 \f
6609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6610 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6612 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6613 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6615 \(fn)" t nil)
6617 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6618 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6619 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6620 Upper-case letters are commands.
6622 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6623 modify it.
6625 The most useful commands are:
6629 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6633 \(fn)" t nil)
6635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6637 ;;;***
6638 \f
6639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6640 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6641 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6643 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6644 Customization of `columns' group.
6646 \(fn)" t nil)
6648 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6649 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6651 START and END delimits the text region.
6653 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6655 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6656 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6658 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6660 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6664 ;;;***
6665 \f
6666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6667 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6669 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6671 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6672 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6673 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6674 for a description of this minor mode.
6675 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6676 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6677 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6679 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6681 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6682 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6683 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
6684 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
6685 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6687 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6688 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6689 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
6690 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
6692 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6693 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6699 ;;;***
6700 \f
6701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6704 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6705 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6707 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6709 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6710 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6711 or nil if there is no parent.
6713 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6714 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6715 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6716 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6718 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6719 arguments are currently understood:
6720 :group GROUP
6721 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6722 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6723 :syntax-table TABLE
6724 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6725 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6726 :abbrev-table TABLE
6727 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6728 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6729 :after-hook FORM
6730 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6731 run. It should not be quoted.
6733 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6737 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6738 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6739 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6741 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6742 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6746 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6748 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6749 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6751 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6752 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6754 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6756 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6758 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6760 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6761 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6762 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6763 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6764 the first time the mode is used.
6766 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6770 ;;;***
6771 \f
6772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6773 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6775 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6776 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6777 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6778 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6779 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6780 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6781 otherwise.
6783 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6785 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6786 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6787 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6788 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6790 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6791 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6792 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6794 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6795 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6796 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6797 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6798 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6799 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6800 relevant to POS.
6802 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6804 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6805 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6807 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6808 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6809 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6810 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6811 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6812 minibuffer window for width limit.
6814 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6815 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6817 \(fn)" nil nil)
6819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6821 ;;;***
6822 \f
6823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6824 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6826 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6827 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6828 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6829 for a description of this minor mode.
6830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6831 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6832 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6834 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6836 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6837 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6839 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6840 is omitted or nil.
6842 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6843 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6844 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6845 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6850 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6851 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6853 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6855 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6859 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system buffer-display-time indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6860 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6861 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6862 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6864 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6866 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6867 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6869 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6870 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6871 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6873 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6876 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6877 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6878 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6880 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6881 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6882 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6883 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6885 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6887 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6888 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6890 Handlers are called with argument list
6892 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6894 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6896 `desktop-file-version'
6897 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6898 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6899 `desktop-buffer-point'
6900 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6901 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6902 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6904 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6905 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6907 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6908 code like
6910 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6911 ...
6915 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6917 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6919 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6921 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6922 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6923 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6924 List elements must have the form
6926 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6928 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6929 function.
6931 Handlers are called with argument list
6933 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6935 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6937 `desktop-file-version'
6938 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6939 `desktop-buffer-name'
6940 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6941 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6942 `desktop-buffer-point'
6943 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6944 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6945 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6947 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6948 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6949 created and set.
6951 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6952 code like
6954 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6955 ...
6959 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6961 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6963 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6965 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6967 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6968 Empty the Desktop.
6969 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6970 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6971 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6972 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6973 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6974 if different).
6976 \(fn)" t nil)
6978 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6979 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6980 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6981 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6982 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6983 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6984 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6985 do not rewrite the file.
6987 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6988 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6989 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6990 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6991 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6992 file.
6994 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6995 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6996 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6997 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6998 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6999 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
7000 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
7001 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
7002 without further confirmation.
7004 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7006 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7007 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7008 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7010 \(fn)" t nil)
7012 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7013 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7014 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7015 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7016 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7017 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7018 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7019 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7021 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7023 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7024 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7025 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7027 \(fn)" nil nil)
7029 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7031 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7032 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7033 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7034 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7035 directory DIRNAME.
7037 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7039 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7040 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7042 \(fn)" t nil)
7044 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7045 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7047 \(fn)" t nil)
7049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7051 ;;;***
7052 \f
7053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7056 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7057 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7058 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7059 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7060 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7061 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7063 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7065 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7066 Repair a broken attribution line.
7067 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7069 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7071 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7072 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7073 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7074 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7076 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7078 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7079 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7081 \(fn)" t nil)
7083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7085 ;;;***
7086 \f
7087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7088 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7092 ;;;***
7093 \f
7094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7095 ;;;;;; 0))
7096 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7098 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7099 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7100 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7101 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7102 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7106 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7107 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7108 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7109 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7111 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7112 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7113 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7114 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7116 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7117 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7119 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7124 \(diary-mail-entries)
7126 # diary-rem.el ends here
7128 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7130 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7131 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7133 \(fn)" t nil)
7135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7137 ;;;***
7138 \f
7139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7140 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7142 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7143 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7145 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7147 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7148 The command to use to run diff.")
7150 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7152 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7153 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7154 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7155 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7156 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7157 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7159 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7160 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7161 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7163 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7165 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7166 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7167 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7168 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7169 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7170 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7172 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7174 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7175 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7177 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7179 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7180 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7181 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7183 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7185 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7187 ;;;***
7188 \f
7189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7190 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7192 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7193 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7194 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7195 normal diffs.
7197 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7198 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7199 headers for you on-the-fly.
7207 \(fn)" t nil)
7209 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7210 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7212 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7213 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7221 ;;;***
7222 \f
7223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7224 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7226 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7227 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7228 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7230 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("query-dig" "dig-")))
7234 ;;;***
7235 \f
7236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7237 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7239 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7240 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7241 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7242 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7243 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7244 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7245 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7246 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7248 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7250 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7251 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7252 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7253 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7254 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7255 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7257 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7259 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7260 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7262 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7263 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7265 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7266 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7267 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7268 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7269 listing have no effect.
7275 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7277 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7278 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7280 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7283 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7284 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7286 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7289 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7291 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7292 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7294 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7296 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7299 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7302 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7305 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7307 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7310 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7311 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7312 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7313 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7315 to see why something went wrong.
7320 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7327 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7328 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7331 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7333 again for the directory tree.
7336 for more info):
7338 `dired-listing-switches'
7339 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7340 `dired-marker-char'
7341 `dired-del-marker'
7342 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7343 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7344 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7345 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7349 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7350 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7351 `dired-mode-hook'
7352 `dired-load-hook'
7354 Keybindings:
7357 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7358 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7362 ;;;***
7363 \f
7364 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7365 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7366 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7370 ;;;***
7371 \f
7372 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7373 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7374 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7378 ;;;***
7379 \f
7380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7381 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7383 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7384 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7385 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7386 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7387 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7389 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7390 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7391 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7393 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7394 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7395 directory.
7397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7399 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7400 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7401 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7402 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7403 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7404 from `default-directory'.
7406 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7408 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7410 ;;;***
7411 \f
7412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7415 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7416 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7417 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7418 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7419 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7420 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7422 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7426 ;;;***
7427 \f
7428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7429 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7431 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7432 Return a new, empty display table.
7434 \(fn)" nil nil)
7436 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7437 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7438 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7439 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7440 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7442 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7444 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7445 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7446 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7447 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7448 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7450 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7452 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7453 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7455 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7457 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7458 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7460 \(fn)" t nil)
7462 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7463 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7465 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7466 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7468 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7469 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7470 byte.
7472 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7473 in the default way after this call.
7475 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7477 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7478 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7480 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7482 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7483 Display character C using printable string S.
7485 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7487 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7488 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7489 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7490 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7492 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7494 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7495 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7496 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7497 X frame.
7499 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7501 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7502 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7504 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7506 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7507 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7509 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7511 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7512 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7514 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7516 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7517 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7519 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7521 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7522 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7524 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7526 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7527 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7529 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7530 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7532 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7533 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7535 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7536 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7537 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7538 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7540 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7541 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7542 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7543 in `.emacs'.
7545 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7549 ;;;***
7550 \f
7551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7552 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7554 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7555 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7556 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7557 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7558 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7559 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7560 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7561 Default is 2.
7563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7565 ;;;***
7566 \f
7567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7568 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7570 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7571 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7572 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7573 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7574 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7575 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7576 private or ask).
7577 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7578 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7579 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7580 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7581 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7583 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7587 ;;;***
7588 \f
7589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7590 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7594 ;;;***
7595 \f
7596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7599 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7600 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7601 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7602 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7603 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7604 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7605 table and its own syntax table.
7607 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7609 \(fn)" t nil)
7610 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7612 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7613 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7615 \(fn)" t nil)
7617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7619 ;;;***
7620 \f
7621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7622 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7624 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7625 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7626 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7627 OpenDocument format).
7629 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7631 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7632 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7634 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7635 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7638 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7641 \(fn)" t nil)
7643 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7644 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7645 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7646 to the next best mode.
7648 \(fn)" nil nil)
7650 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7651 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7652 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7653 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7654 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7656 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7660 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7663 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7667 ;;;***
7668 \f
7669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7672 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7673 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7675 \(fn)" t nil)
7677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7679 ;;;***
7680 \f
7681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7682 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7686 ;;;***
7687 \f
7688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7689 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7693 ;;;***
7694 \f
7695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7696 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7700 ;;;***
7701 \f
7702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7703 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-")))
7707 ;;;***
7708 \f
7709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7710 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7712 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7713 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7714 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7715 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7716 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7718 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7719 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7725 ;;;***
7726 \f
7727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7728 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7729 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7731 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7732 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7734 \(fn)" t nil)
7736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("down" "dun" "out" "obj-special" "south" "north" "west" "east")))
7738 ;;;***
7739 \f
7740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7741 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7742 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7746 ;;;***
7747 \f
7748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7749 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7752 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7754 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7755 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7756 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7757 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7758 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7760 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7761 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7762 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7763 and disables it otherwise.
7765 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7766 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7767 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7768 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7770 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7771 documenting what its argument does.
7773 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7774 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7775 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7776 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7777 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7778 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7779 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7780 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7781 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7783 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7784 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7785 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7786 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7787 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7788 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7789 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7790 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7791 the minor mode is global):
7793 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7795 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7796 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7797 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7798 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7799 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7800 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7801 Not used if you also specify :variable.
7802 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7803 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7804 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7805 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
7806 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
7807 named variable, or a generalized variable.
7808 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
7809 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
7810 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
7811 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
7812 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
7813 in :variable).
7815 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7816 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7818 For example, you could write
7821 ...BODY CODE...)
7823 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7825 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7827 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7829 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7831 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7832 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7833 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7834 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7835 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7836 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7837 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7838 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7839 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7840 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7841 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7842 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7844 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7845 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7846 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7847 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7848 call another major mode in their body.
7850 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7851 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7852 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7854 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7856 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7858 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7859 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7860 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7861 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7862 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7863 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7864 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7866 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7868 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7869 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7870 :inherit Parent keymap.
7871 :group Ignored.
7872 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7873 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7875 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7877 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7878 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7879 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7880 the constant's documentation.
7882 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7884 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7885 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7886 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7888 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7890 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
7892 ;;;***
7893 \f
7894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
7895 ;;;;;; 0))
7896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7898 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7899 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7900 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7901 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7903 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7904 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7905 as a top-level menu bar item.
7907 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7908 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7909 pairs:
7911 :filter FUNCTION
7912 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7913 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7914 items to actually display.
7916 :visible INCLUDE
7917 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7918 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7919 alias for `:visible'.
7921 :active ENABLE
7922 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7923 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7924 an alias for `:active'.
7926 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7927 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7929 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7931 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7933 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7934 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7936 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7937 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7939 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7941 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7943 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7944 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7946 :keys KEYS
7947 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7948 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7949 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7950 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7952 :key-sequence KEYS
7953 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7954 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7955 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7956 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7958 :active ENABLE
7959 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7960 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7961 alias for `:active'.
7963 :visible INCLUDE
7964 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7965 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7966 `:visible'.
7968 :label FORM
7969 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7970 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7972 :suffix FORM
7973 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7974 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7976 :style STYLE
7977 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7978 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7979 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7981 :selected SELECTED
7982 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7983 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7985 :help HELP
7986 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7988 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7989 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7990 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7992 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7993 MENU. This is a submenu.
7995 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7997 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7999 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8002 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8004 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8005 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8006 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8007 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8009 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8011 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8012 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8013 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8014 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8015 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8016 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8018 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8019 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8020 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8022 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8023 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8024 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8026 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8027 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8029 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8033 ;;;***
8034 \f
8035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8036 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8040 ;;;***
8041 \f
8042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8047 ;;;***
8048 \f
8049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8054 ;;;***
8055 \f
8056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8061 ;;;***
8062 \f
8063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8068 ;;;***
8069 \f
8070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8073 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8075 ;;;***
8076 \f
8077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8080 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8082 ;;;***
8083 \f
8084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8086 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8088 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8089 Customization for ebnf group.
8091 \(fn)" t nil)
8093 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8094 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8096 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8098 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8099 processed.
8101 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8103 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8105 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8106 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8108 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8109 killed after process termination.
8111 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8113 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8115 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8116 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8118 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8119 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8120 it to the printer.
8122 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8123 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8124 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8125 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8127 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8129 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8130 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8131 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8133 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8135 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8136 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8138 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8140 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8141 processed.
8143 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8145 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8147 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8148 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8150 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8151 killed after process termination.
8153 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8155 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8157 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8158 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8159 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8160 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8162 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8164 \(fn)" t nil)
8166 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8167 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8168 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8170 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8172 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8174 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8175 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8177 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8179 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8180 processed.
8182 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8184 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8186 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8187 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8189 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8190 killed after EPS generation.
8192 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8194 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8196 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8197 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8199 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8200 The EPS file name has the following form:
8202 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8204 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8207 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8208 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8209 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8213 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8214 files.
8216 \(fn)" t nil)
8218 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8219 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8221 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8222 The EPS file name has the following form:
8224 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8226 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8229 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8230 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8231 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8235 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8236 files.
8238 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8240 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8242 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8243 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8245 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8247 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8248 are processed.
8250 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8252 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8254 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8255 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8257 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8258 killed after syntax checking.
8260 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8262 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8264 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8265 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8267 \(fn)" t nil)
8269 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8270 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8272 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8274 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8275 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8277 \(fn)" nil nil)
8279 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8280 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8282 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8284 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8286 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8287 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8289 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8291 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8293 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8294 Delete style NAME.
8296 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8298 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8300 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8301 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8303 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8305 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8307 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8308 Set STYLE as the current style.
8310 Returns the old style symbol.
8312 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8314 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8316 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8317 Reset current style.
8319 Returns the old style symbol.
8321 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8323 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8325 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8326 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8328 Returns the old style symbol.
8330 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8332 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8334 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8336 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8337 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8339 Returns the old style symbol.
8341 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8343 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8345 \(fn)" t nil)
8347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8349 ;;;***
8350 \f
8351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8354 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8355 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8356 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8357 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8358 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8361 Tree mode key bindings:
8364 \(fn)" t nil)
8366 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8367 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8369 \(fn)" t nil)
8371 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8372 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8374 \(fn)" t nil)
8376 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8377 View declaration of member at point.
8379 \(fn)" t nil)
8381 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8382 Find declaration of member at point.
8384 \(fn)" t nil)
8386 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8387 View definition of member at point.
8389 \(fn)" t nil)
8391 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8392 Find definition of member at point.
8394 \(fn)" t nil)
8396 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8397 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8399 \(fn)" t nil)
8401 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8402 View definition of member at point in other window.
8404 \(fn)" t nil)
8406 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8407 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8409 \(fn)" t nil)
8411 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8412 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8414 \(fn)" t nil)
8416 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8417 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8419 \(fn)" t nil)
8421 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8422 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8424 \(fn)" t nil)
8426 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8427 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8428 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8429 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8430 completion.
8432 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8434 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8435 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8436 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8437 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8439 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8441 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8442 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8443 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8444 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8446 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8448 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8449 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8450 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8452 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8454 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8455 Search for call sites of a member.
8456 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8457 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8458 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8459 looks like a function call to the member.
8461 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8463 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8464 Move backward in the position stack.
8465 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8469 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8470 Move forward in the position stack.
8471 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8473 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8475 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8476 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8478 \(fn)" t nil)
8480 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8481 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8483 \(fn)" t nil)
8485 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8486 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8487 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8488 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8490 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8492 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8493 Display statistics for a class tree.
8495 \(fn)" t nil)
8497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook" "ebrowse-")))
8499 ;;;***
8500 \f
8501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8502 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8504 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8506 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8508 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8509 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8510 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8512 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8515 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8516 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8517 also has this effect.
8519 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("electric-buffer-" "Electric-buffer-menu-")))
8534 ;;;***
8535 \f
8536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8537 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8539 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8540 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8541 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8543 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8547 ;;;***
8548 \f
8549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8550 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8552 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8555 \(fn)" nil nil)
8557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8559 ;;;***
8560 \f
8561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8562 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8563 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8565 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8566 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8567 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8568 for a description of this minor mode.
8569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8570 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8571 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8573 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8575 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8576 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8578 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8579 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8581 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8582 an EDE controlled project.
8584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("project-try-ede" "ede" "global-ede-mode-map")))
8588 ;;;***
8589 \f
8590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8591 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8595 ;;;***
8596 \f
8597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8598 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8599 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8601 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8603 ;;;***
8604 \f
8605 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8606 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8607 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8611 ;;;***
8612 \f
8613 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8614 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8615 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8619 ;;;***
8620 \f
8621 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8622 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (0 0 0 0))
8623 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8627 ;;;***
8628 \f
8629 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8630 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8631 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-")))
8635 ;;;***
8636 \f
8637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8642 ;;;***
8643 \f
8644 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8645 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8646 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8650 ;;;***
8651 \f
8652 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8653 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8654 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8658 ;;;***
8659 \f
8660 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8661 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8666 ;;;***
8667 \f
8668 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8669 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
8670 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8674 ;;;***
8675 \f
8676 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8677 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8678 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8682 ;;;***
8683 \f
8684 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8685 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8686 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8690 ;;;***
8691 \f
8692 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8693 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8694 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8698 ;;;***
8699 \f
8700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8701 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8702 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8706 ;;;***
8707 \f
8708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8709 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8713 ;;;***
8714 \f
8715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8716 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8720 ;;;***
8721 \f
8722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8723 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8727 ;;;***
8728 \f
8729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8730 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8731 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8735 ;;;***
8736 \f
8737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8738 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8739 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8743 ;;;***
8744 \f
8745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8746 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8747 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("proj-comp-insert-variable-once" "ede-")))
8751 ;;;***
8752 \f
8753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8754 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8759 ;;;***
8760 \f
8761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8762 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8763 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8767 ;;;***
8768 \f
8769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8770 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8771 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8775 ;;;***
8776 \f
8777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8778 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8783 ;;;***
8784 \f
8785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8786 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
8789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
8791 ;;;***
8792 \f
8793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
8794 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
8797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
8799 ;;;***
8800 \f
8801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
8802 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8803 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
8805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
8807 ;;;***
8808 \f
8809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
8810 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8811 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
8813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
8815 ;;;***
8816 \f
8817 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
8818 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8819 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
8821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
8823 ;;;***
8824 \f
8825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
8828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
8830 ;;;***
8831 \f
8832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
8833 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
8835 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
8837 ;;;***
8838 \f
8839 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
8840 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
8843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
8845 ;;;***
8846 \f
8847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
8848 ;;;;;; 0))
8849 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
8851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
8853 ;;;***
8854 \f
8855 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
8856 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8857 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
8859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
8861 ;;;***
8862 \f
8863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8866 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8867 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8868 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8869 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8870 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8872 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8873 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8875 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8877 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8879 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8880 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8881 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8882 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8884 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8886 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8887 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8888 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8889 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8891 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8893 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8895 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8896 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8897 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8898 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8899 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8901 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
8902 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
8903 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
8904 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
8905 instrumented for Edebug.
8907 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8908 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8909 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8910 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8911 already is one.)
8913 \(fn)" t nil)
8915 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8916 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8918 \(fn)" t nil)
8920 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8921 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8923 \(fn)" t nil)
8925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-" "cancel-edebug-on-entry")))
8927 ;;;***
8928 \f
8929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
8931 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8933 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8934 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8936 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8938 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8939 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8941 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8943 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8945 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8947 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
8948 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
8949 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
8950 nothing to revert then this command fails.
8952 \(fn)" t nil)
8954 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8955 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8956 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8957 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8959 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8961 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8962 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8964 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8966 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8968 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8969 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8971 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8973 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8975 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8976 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8977 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8978 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8980 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8982 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8984 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8985 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8986 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8987 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8989 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8991 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8993 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8994 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8995 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8996 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8998 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
9000 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
9002 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
9003 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9004 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9005 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9007 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9009 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9011 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9012 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9013 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9014 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9015 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9016 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9018 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9020 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9021 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9022 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9023 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9025 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9027 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9029 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9030 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9031 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9032 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9034 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9036 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9038 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9040 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9041 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9042 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9043 follows:
9044 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9045 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9047 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9049 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9050 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9051 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9052 follows:
9053 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9054 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9056 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9058 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9059 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9060 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9061 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9062 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9064 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9066 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9067 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9068 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9069 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9070 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9071 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9073 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9075 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9077 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9078 Merge two files without ancestor.
9080 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9082 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9083 Merge two files with ancestor.
9085 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9087 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9089 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9090 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9092 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9094 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9095 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9097 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9099 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9100 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9101 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9102 buffer.
9104 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9106 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9107 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9108 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9109 buffer.
9111 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9113 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9114 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9115 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9116 and don't ask the user.
9117 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
9118 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9120 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9122 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9123 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9124 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9125 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9126 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9127 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9128 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9129 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9131 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9133 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9135 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9137 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9138 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9139 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9140 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9141 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9143 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9145 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9147 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9148 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9149 When called interactively, displays the version.
9151 \(fn)" t nil)
9153 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9154 Display Ediff's manual.
9155 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9157 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9159 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9162 \(fn)" nil nil)
9164 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9167 \(fn)" nil nil)
9169 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9172 \(fn)" nil nil)
9174 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9177 \(fn)" nil nil)
9179 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9182 \(fn)" nil nil)
9184 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9187 \(fn)" nil nil)
9189 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9192 \(fn)" nil nil)
9194 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9197 \(fn)" nil nil)
9199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9201 ;;;***
9202 \f
9203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9208 ;;;***
9209 \f
9210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9213 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9216 \(fn)" t nil)
9218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9220 ;;;***
9221 \f
9222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9223 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9227 ;;;***
9228 \f
9229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9230 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9234 ;;;***
9235 \f
9236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9237 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9239 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9240 Display Ediff's registry.
9242 \(fn)" t nil)
9244 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9248 ;;;***
9249 \f
9250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9251 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9255 ;;;***
9256 \f
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9258 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9260 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9261 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9262 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9263 which see.
9265 \(fn)" t nil)
9267 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9268 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9269 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9270 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9272 \(fn)" t nil)
9274 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9276 ;;;***
9277 \f
9278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9283 ;;;***
9284 \f
9285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9290 ;;;***
9291 \f
9292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9293 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9294 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9296 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9297 Edit a keyboard macro.
9298 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9299 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9300 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
9301 its command name.
9302 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9304 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9306 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9307 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9309 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9311 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9312 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9314 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9316 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9317 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9319 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9323 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9324 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9325 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9326 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9328 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9330 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9331 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9332 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9333 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9334 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9335 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9337 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9341 ;;;***
9342 \f
9343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9346 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9347 Set scroll margins.
9348 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9349 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9351 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9353 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9354 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9356 \(fn)" t nil)
9358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9360 ;;;***
9361 \f
9362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9363 ;;;;;; 0))
9364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9368 ;;;***
9369 \f
9370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9371 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9376 ;;;***
9377 \f
9378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9383 ;;;***
9384 \f
9385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9386 ;;;;;; 0))
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9391 ;;;***
9392 \f
9393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9396 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9398 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9399 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9400 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9401 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9402 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9404 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9405 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9408 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9409 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9410 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9412 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9413 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9414 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9416 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9417 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9418 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9420 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9422 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9425 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-")))
9429 ;;;***
9430 \f
9431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9433 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9435 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "oref" "oset" "obj" "find-class" "set-slot-value" "same-class-p" "slot-" "child-of-class-p" "with-slots" "defclass")))
9437 ;;;***
9438 \f
9439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9440 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9441 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9445 ;;;***
9446 \f
9447 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9448 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9451 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9453 ;;;***
9454 \f
9455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9456 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9457 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9458 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9460 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9461 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9462 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9463 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9464 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9465 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9466 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9468 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot" "class-")))
9472 ;;;***
9473 \f
9474 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9475 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (0 0 0 0))
9476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9480 ;;;***
9481 \f
9482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9483 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9488 ;;;***
9489 \f
9490 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9491 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9496 ;;;***
9497 \f
9498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9499 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9504 ;;;***
9505 \f
9506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9509 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
9510 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
9512 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
9513 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
9514 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
9516 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
9518 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9519 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9520 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9521 for a description of this minor mode.
9522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9524 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9526 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9528 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9529 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9531 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9532 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9534 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9535 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9536 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
9537 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9541 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9542 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9548 ;;;***
9549 \f
9550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9551 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9553 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9554 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9556 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9557 an elided material again.
9559 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9565 ;;;***
9566 \f
9567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9570 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9571 Lint the file FILE.
9573 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9575 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9576 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9577 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9579 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9581 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9582 Lint the current buffer.
9583 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9585 \(fn)" t nil)
9587 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9588 Lint the function at point.
9589 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9591 \(fn)" t nil)
9593 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9594 Initialize elint.
9595 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9596 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9598 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9600 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9602 ;;;***
9603 \f
9604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9607 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9608 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9609 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9611 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9613 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9614 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9615 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9616 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
9618 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9620 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9621 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9622 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9626 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9628 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9629 Display current profiling results.
9630 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9631 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9632 displayed.
9634 \(fn)" t nil)
9636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9638 ;;;***
9639 \f
9640 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9641 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9642 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9646 ;;;***
9647 \f
9648 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9649 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9650 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9654 ;;;***
9655 \f
9656 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9657 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9658 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9662 ;;;***
9663 \f
9664 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9665 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9666 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9670 ;;;***
9671 \f
9672 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9673 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9674 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9678 ;;;***
9679 \f
9680 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9681 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9682 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9686 ;;;***
9687 \f
9688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9689 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9690 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9694 ;;;***
9695 \f
9696 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9697 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9698 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9702 ;;;***
9703 \f
9704 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9705 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9706 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9710 ;;;***
9711 \f
9712 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9713 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9714 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9718 ;;;***
9719 \f
9720 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9721 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9722 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9726 ;;;***
9727 \f
9728 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
9729 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9730 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
9732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
9734 ;;;***
9735 \f
9736 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
9737 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9738 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
9740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
9742 ;;;***
9743 \f
9744 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
9745 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9746 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
9748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
9750 ;;;***
9751 \f
9752 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
9753 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9754 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
9756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
9758 ;;;***
9759 \f
9760 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
9761 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9762 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
9764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
9766 ;;;***
9767 \f
9768 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
9769 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9770 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
9772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("pcomplete/bcc" "eshell/")))
9774 ;;;***
9775 \f
9776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
9777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
9779 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
9780 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
9781 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
9782 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
9783 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
9784 ARG is omitted or nil.
9786 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
9787 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
9788 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
9789 used instead.
9791 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
9793 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
9794 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
9795 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
9797 Other values are interpreted as usual.
9799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("toggle-emacs-lock" "emacs-lock-")))
9803 ;;;***
9804 \f
9805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9806 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9808 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
9809 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9810 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9812 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
9814 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
9816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
9818 ;;;***
9819 \f
9820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
9821 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
9823 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9824 Run Emerge on two files.
9826 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9828 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9829 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9831 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9833 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9834 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9836 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9838 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9839 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9841 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9843 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9846 \(fn)" nil nil)
9848 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9851 \(fn)" nil nil)
9853 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9856 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9858 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9861 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9863 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9864 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9866 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9868 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9869 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9871 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9873 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9876 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
9880 ;;;***
9881 \f
9882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
9883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9885 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9886 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9887 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9888 text/enriched format.
9890 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
9891 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
9892 if ARG is omitted or nil.
9894 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9896 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9899 Commands:
9903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9905 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9908 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9910 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9913 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
9917 ;;;***
9918 \f
9919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
9920 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
9922 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
9923 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
9925 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9927 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
9928 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
9930 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9932 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
9933 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
9934 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
9935 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
9936 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
9937 the keys are listed.
9938 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
9940 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
9942 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
9943 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
9944 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
9946 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
9948 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
9949 Verify FILE.
9951 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9953 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
9954 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
9956 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
9958 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
9959 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
9961 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
9963 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
9964 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
9966 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
9967 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
9968 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
9969 proper place to insert the plaintext.
9971 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
9972 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9973 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
9974 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
9975 should consider using the string based counterpart
9976 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
9977 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
9979 For example:
9982 (decode-coding-string
9983 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
9986 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
9988 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
9989 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
9991 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9992 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
9994 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9996 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
9998 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
9999 Verify the current region between START and END.
10001 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10002 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10003 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10004 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10005 should consider using the string based counterpart
10006 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10007 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10009 For example:
10012 (decode-coding-string
10013 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10016 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10018 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10020 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10021 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10022 between START and END.
10024 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10025 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10027 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10029 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10031 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10032 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10034 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10035 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10036 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10037 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10038 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10039 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10041 For example:
10044 (epg-sign-string
10045 context
10048 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10050 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10052 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10053 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10055 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10056 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10057 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10058 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10059 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10060 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10062 For example:
10065 (epg-encrypt-string
10066 context
10068 nil))
10070 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10072 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10074 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10075 Delete selected KEYS.
10077 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10079 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10080 Import keys from FILE.
10082 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10084 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10085 Import keys from the region.
10087 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10089 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10090 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10091 between START and END.
10093 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10095 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10096 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10098 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10100 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10101 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10103 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10107 ;;;***
10108 \f
10109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10110 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10112 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10113 Decrypt marked files.
10115 \(fn)" t nil)
10117 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10118 Verify marked files.
10120 \(fn)" t nil)
10122 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10123 Sign marked files.
10125 \(fn)" t nil)
10127 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10128 Encrypt marked files.
10130 \(fn)" t nil)
10132 ;;;***
10133 \f
10134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10135 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10137 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10140 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10142 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10145 \(fn)" t nil)
10147 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10150 \(fn)" t nil)
10152 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10154 ;;;***
10155 \f
10156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10157 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10159 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10160 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10161 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10162 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10163 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10167 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10168 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10169 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10171 \(fn)" t nil)
10173 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10175 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10176 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10177 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10179 \(fn)" t nil)
10181 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10183 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10184 Sign the current buffer.
10185 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10187 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10189 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10191 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10192 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10193 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10194 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10195 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10196 and also whether and how to sign.
10198 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10199 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10200 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10202 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10204 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10206 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10207 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10208 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10210 \(fn)" t nil)
10212 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10214 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10215 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10216 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10217 for a description of this minor mode.
10218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10220 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10222 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10224 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10225 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10227 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10228 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10234 ;;;***
10235 \f
10236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10237 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10238 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10240 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10241 Return a context object.
10243 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10245 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10247 ;;;***
10248 \f
10249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10250 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10252 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10253 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10254 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10255 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10257 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10258 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10259 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10260 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10261 version requirement is met.
10263 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10265 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10266 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10268 \(fn)" nil nil)
10270 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10272 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10273 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10275 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10277 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10278 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10280 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10284 ;;;***
10285 \f
10286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10287 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10288 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10290 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10291 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10293 \(fn)" nil nil)
10295 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10296 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10297 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10299 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10301 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10302 (server (erc-compute-server))
10303 (port (erc-compute-port))
10304 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10305 password
10306 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10308 That is, if called with
10312 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10313 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10314 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10316 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10318 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10320 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10321 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10322 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10324 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10326 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10327 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10328 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10329 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10331 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "define-erc-module")))
10335 ;;;***
10336 \f
10337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10338 ;;;;;; 0))
10339 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10340 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10342 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto" "autoaway")))
10344 ;;;***
10345 \f
10346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10347 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10351 ;;;***
10352 \f
10353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10354 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10355 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-" "button")))
10359 ;;;***
10360 \f
10361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10363 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-" "capab-identify")))
10367 ;;;***
10368 \f
10369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10370 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10371 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10375 ;;;***
10376 \f
10377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10378 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10379 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10381 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10382 Parser for /dcc command.
10383 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10385 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10387 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10389 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10390 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10392 \(fn)" nil nil)
10394 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10395 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10397 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10398 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10399 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10400 that subcommand.
10402 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/" "dcc")))
10406 ;;;***
10407 \f
10408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10409 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10410 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10411 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("notifications" "erc-notifications-")))
10415 ;;;***
10416 \f
10417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10418 ;;;;;; 0))
10419 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10421 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10422 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10424 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10426 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10427 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10428 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10429 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10431 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10433 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10436 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10438 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10439 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10441 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10443 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10444 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10446 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10448 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10449 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10451 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10453 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10454 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10456 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10458 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10459 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10461 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10463 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10464 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10466 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10468 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10469 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10471 \(fn)" nil nil)
10473 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10474 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10476 \(fn)" nil nil)
10478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10480 ;;;***
10481 \f
10482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10483 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10484 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10486 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10487 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10488 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10490 \(fn)" nil nil)
10492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10494 ;;;***
10495 \f
10496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-" "unmorse" "scrolltobottom" "smiley" "irccontrols" "noncommands" "keep-place" "move-to-prompt" "readonly")))
10501 ;;;***
10502 \f
10503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10504 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10508 ;;;***
10509 \f
10510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10511 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10512 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10514 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10515 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10516 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10517 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10518 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10519 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10520 system.
10522 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10524 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10527 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-" "identd")))
10531 ;;;***
10532 \f
10533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10534 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10536 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10539 \(fn)" nil nil)
10541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10543 ;;;***
10544 \f
10545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10546 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10547 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-" "autojoin")))
10551 ;;;***
10552 \f
10553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10554 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10558 ;;;***
10559 \f
10560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10561 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10562 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-" "list")))
10566 ;;;***
10567 \f
10568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10569 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10570 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10572 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10573 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10574 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10575 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10576 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10577 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10579 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10581 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10582 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10583 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10584 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10586 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10587 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10588 automatically.
10590 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10591 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10593 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-" "log")))
10597 ;;;***
10598 \f
10599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10600 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10601 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10603 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10604 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10606 \(fn)" t nil)
10608 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10609 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10611 \(fn)" t nil)
10613 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10614 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10616 \(fn)" t nil)
10618 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10619 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10621 \(fn)" t nil)
10623 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10624 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10626 \(fn)" t nil)
10628 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10629 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10631 \(fn)" t nil)
10633 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10634 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10636 \(fn)" t nil)
10638 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10639 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10641 \(fn)" t nil)
10643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-" "match")))
10645 ;;;***
10646 \f
10647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10648 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10649 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10651 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-" "menu")))
10653 ;;;***
10654 \f
10655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10656 ;;;;;; 0))
10657 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10658 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10660 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10661 Show who's gone.
10663 \(fn)" nil nil)
10665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-" "netsplit")))
10667 ;;;***
10668 \f
10669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10670 ;;;;;; 0))
10671 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10673 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10675 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10676 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10678 \(fn)" nil nil)
10680 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10681 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10683 \(fn)" t nil)
10685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-" "networks")))
10687 ;;;***
10688 \f
10689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10691 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10693 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10694 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10695 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10696 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10698 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10700 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10703 \(fn)" nil nil)
10705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-" "notify")))
10707 ;;;***
10708 \f
10709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
10710 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10711 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-" "page")))
10715 ;;;***
10716 \f
10717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
10718 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10719 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10720 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete" "erc-pcomplet")))
10724 ;;;***
10725 \f
10726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10727 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10728 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("replace" "erc-replace-")))
10732 ;;;***
10733 \f
10734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
10735 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10736 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-" "ring")))
10740 ;;;***
10741 \f
10742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
10743 ;;;;;; 0))
10744 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10745 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10747 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10748 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10750 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10752 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10754 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10756 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-" "services")))
10760 ;;;***
10761 \f
10762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
10763 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10764 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-" "sound")))
10768 ;;;***
10769 \f
10770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
10771 ;;;;;; 0))
10772 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10774 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10775 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10776 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10778 \(fn)" t nil)
10780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10782 ;;;***
10783 \f
10784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
10785 ;;;;;; 0))
10786 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10787 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-" "spelling")))
10791 ;;;***
10792 \f
10793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10794 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10795 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
10797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-" "stamp")))
10799 ;;;***
10800 \f
10801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
10802 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10804 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
10805 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
10806 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
10807 for a description of this minor mode.")
10809 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
10811 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
10812 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
10813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
10814 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10815 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10817 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
10818 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
10819 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
10820 keybindings will not do anything useful.
10822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10823 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
10825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-" "track")))
10827 ;;;***
10828 \f
10829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
10830 ;;;;;; 0))
10831 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10832 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
10834 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
10835 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
10836 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
10837 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10839 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10841 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
10842 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
10843 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10845 \(fn)" t nil)
10847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("truncate" "erc-max-buffer-size")))
10849 ;;;***
10850 \f
10851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10852 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10853 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
10855 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
10856 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
10858 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-" "xdcc")))
10862 ;;;***
10863 \f
10864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
10865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
10867 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
10868 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
10870 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
10871 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
10873 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
10874 useful for assertions in BODY.
10876 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
10878 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
10879 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
10880 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
10884 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
10886 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
10888 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
10890 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10892 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
10893 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
10895 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
10896 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
10900 Returns the stats object.
10902 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10904 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
10905 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
10907 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
10908 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
10909 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
10910 the tests).
10912 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10914 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
10915 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
10917 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
10918 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
10919 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
10920 and how to display message.
10922 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
10924 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
10926 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
10927 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
10929 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
10931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
10933 ;;;***
10934 \f
10935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
10936 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
10938 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10940 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
10941 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
10943 \(fn)" t nil)
10945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
10947 ;;;***
10948 \f
10949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10950 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
10952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
10954 ;;;***
10955 \f
10956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10957 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
10959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
10961 ;;;***
10962 \f
10963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
10964 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
10966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
10968 ;;;***
10969 \f
10970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
10971 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
10973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
10975 ;;;***
10976 \f
10977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
10978 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
10980 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
10981 Emacs shell interactive mode.
10983 \(fn)" t nil)
10985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
10987 ;;;***
10988 \f
10989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
10990 ;;;;;; 0))
10991 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
10993 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
10995 ;;;***
10996 \f
10997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
10998 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
11000 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
11002 ;;;***
11003 \f
11004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11009 ;;;***
11010 \f
11011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11012 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11016 ;;;***
11017 \f
11018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11019 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11023 ;;;***
11024 \f
11025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11026 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11027 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11029 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11030 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11031 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11032 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11033 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11034 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11035 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11036 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11037 buffer selected (or created).
11039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11041 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11042 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11043 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11045 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11047 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11048 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11049 The result might be any Lisp object.
11050 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11051 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11052 corresponding to a successful execution.
11054 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11056 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11060 ;;;***
11061 \f
11062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11065 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11066 File name of tags table.
11067 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
11068 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
11069 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11070 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11071 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11073 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11074 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11075 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11076 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11078 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11080 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11081 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11083 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11084 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11085 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11087 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11089 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11090 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11091 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11093 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11095 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11096 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11097 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11098 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11099 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11101 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11103 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11108 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11110 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11112 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11113 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11114 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11116 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11118 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11119 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11121 \(fn)" t nil)
11123 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11124 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11125 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11126 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11129 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
11131 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11132 file the tag was in.
11134 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11136 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11137 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11138 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11139 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11140 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11141 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11142 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11143 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11144 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11146 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
11148 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11149 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11150 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11151 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11152 without directory names.
11154 \(fn)" nil nil)
11156 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11159 \(fn)" nil nil)
11160 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11161 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11162 (progn
11163 (load "etags")
11164 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11166 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11167 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11168 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11169 but does not select the buffer.
11170 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11172 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11173 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11174 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11175 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11178 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11180 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11182 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11184 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11186 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11188 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11189 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11190 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11191 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11193 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11194 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11195 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11196 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11199 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11201 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11203 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11205 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11207 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11209 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11211 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11212 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11213 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11214 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11215 around or before point.
11217 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11218 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11219 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11220 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11223 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11225 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11227 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11229 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11231 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11233 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11235 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11236 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11237 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11238 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11239 around or before point.
11241 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11242 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11243 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11244 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11247 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11249 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11251 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11253 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11255 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11257 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11259 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11260 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11261 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11263 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11264 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11265 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11266 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11269 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11271 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11273 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11275 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11277 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11279 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11281 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11283 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11284 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11286 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11287 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11288 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11290 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11291 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11293 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11294 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11296 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11298 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11300 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11301 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11303 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11304 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11305 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11306 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11307 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11309 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11311 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11312 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11313 Stops when a match is found.
11316 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11317 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11318 restricted to these files.
11320 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11322 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11324 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11325 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11326 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11329 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11331 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11332 produce the list of files to search.
11334 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11336 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11338 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11339 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11340 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11341 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11342 directory specification.
11344 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11346 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11347 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11349 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11351 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11353 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11354 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11355 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11356 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11358 \(fn)" t nil)
11360 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11361 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11362 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11363 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11366 \(fn)" t nil)
11368 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11371 \(fn)" nil nil)
11373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("xref-" "etags-" "snarf-tag-function" "select-tags-table-" "tag" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "list-tags-function" "last-tag" "initialize-new-tags-table" "verify-tags-table-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "next-file-list" "default-tags-table-function")))
11375 ;;;***
11376 \f
11377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11378 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11379 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11381 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11384 \(fn)" nil nil)
11386 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11387 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11389 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11390 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11392 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11393 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11394 primary language.
11396 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11397 even if the buffer is read-only.
11399 See also the descriptions of the variables
11400 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11402 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11404 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11405 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11407 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11408 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11410 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11411 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11412 primary language.
11414 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11415 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11417 See also the descriptions of the variables
11418 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11420 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11422 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11424 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11427 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11429 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11430 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11431 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11432 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11434 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11435 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11436 primary language.
11438 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11439 buffer is read-only.
11441 See also the descriptions of the variables
11442 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11443 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11445 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11447 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11448 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11450 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11451 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11453 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11454 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11455 the primary language.
11457 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11458 buffer is read-only.
11460 See also the descriptions of the variables
11461 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11462 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11464 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11466 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11470 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11472 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11473 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11475 \(fn)" t nil)
11477 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11478 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11480 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11481 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11482 be 1, 2, or 3.
11484 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11485 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11486 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11488 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11490 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11492 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11493 This function is deprecated.
11495 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11497 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11498 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11500 \(fn)" t nil)
11502 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11503 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11505 \(fn)" t nil)
11507 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11508 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11511 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11513 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11514 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11516 \(fn)" nil nil)
11518 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11519 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11521 \(fn)" nil nil)
11523 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11524 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11526 \(fn)" nil nil)
11528 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11529 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11531 \(fn)" nil nil)
11533 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11534 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11535 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11539 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11542 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("exit-ethiopic-environment" "ethio-")))
11546 ;;;***
11547 \f
11548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11549 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11551 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11552 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11553 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11554 server for future sessions.
11556 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11558 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11559 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11560 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11562 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11564 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11565 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11566 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11568 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11570 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11571 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11572 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11573 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11574 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11575 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11576 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11577 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11578 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11579 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11580 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11581 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11583 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11585 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11586 Display a form to query the directory server.
11587 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11588 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11590 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11592 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11593 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11594 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11596 \(fn)" t nil)
11598 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11602 ;;;***
11603 \f
11604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11605 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11608 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11613 Display URL and make it clickable.
11618 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11623 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11628 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11633 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11639 ;;;***
11640 \f
11641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11642 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11645 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11646 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11651 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11657 ;;;***
11658 \f
11659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11660 ;;;;;; 0))
11661 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11664 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11670 ;;;***
11671 \f
11672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11673 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11675 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11677 ;;;***
11678 \f
11679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11680 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11684 ;;;***
11685 \f
11686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11687 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11691 ;;;***
11692 \f
11693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11694 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11698 ;;;***
11699 \f
11700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11704 Create an empty ewoc.
11706 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11708 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11709 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11710 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11711 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11712 `insert-before-markers'.
11714 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11715 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11716 respectively, of the ewoc.
11718 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11719 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11720 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11726 ;;;***
11727 \f
11728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11729 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11732 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11733 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11734 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11740 Fetch URL and render the page.
11741 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11742 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11748 Render FILE using EWW.
11753 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11754 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
11759 Mode for browsing the web.
11769 Display the bookmarks.
11775 ;;;***
11776 \f
11777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11778 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11779 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11782 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11788 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11790 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11791 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11796 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11797 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
11798 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11799 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11800 executable.
11805 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11806 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11807 file modes.
11811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11813 ;;;***
11814 \f
11815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11816 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11819 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11820 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11821 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11823 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11825 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11826 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11827 to generate such functions.
11829 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11830 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11831 beginning of the expanded text.
11833 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11834 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11835 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11836 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11838 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11843 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11844 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11849 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11850 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11855 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11856 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
11864 ;;;***
11865 \f
11866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
11867 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
11869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
11871 ;;;***
11872 \f
11873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
11874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
11877 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
11878 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
11886 Key definitions:
11889 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11891 `f90-do-indent'
11892 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
11893 `f90-if-indent'
11894 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
11895 `f90-type-indent'
11896 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
11897 `f90-program-indent'
11898 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
11899 (default 2).
11900 `f90-associate-indent'
11901 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
11902 `f90-critical-indent'
11903 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
11904 `f90-continuation-indent'
11905 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
11906 `f90-comment-region'
11909 `f90-indented-comment-re'
11910 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
11912 `f90-directive-comment-re'
11915 `f90-break-delimiters'
11916 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
11918 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
11919 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
11920 (default t).
11921 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
11922 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
11923 `f90-smart-end'
11924 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
11925 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
11926 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
11927 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
11928 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
11929 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
11930 `f90-leave-line-no'
11931 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
11933 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
11934 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11940 ;;;***
11941 \f
11942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
11946 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
11947 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
11948 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
11950 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11951 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11952 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
11953 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
11954 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
11956 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
11957 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
11958 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
11959 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
11960 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
11961 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
11962 attributes.
11964 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
11965 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
11970 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
11971 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11972 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
11977 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
11978 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11979 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
11981 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11982 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11983 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
11985 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
11986 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
11987 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
11988 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
11993 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
11994 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
11996 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
11997 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
11998 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
11999 the same amount).
12004 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12005 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12007 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12008 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12009 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12010 will remove any scaling currently active.
12015 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12016 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12025 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12027 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12029 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12030 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12032 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12033 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12034 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12036 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12037 the face height as long as the input event read
12038 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12040 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12041 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12042 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12043 will remove any scaling currently active.
12045 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12046 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12047 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12048 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12049 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12054 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12055 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12056 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12057 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12058 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12063 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12064 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12065 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12066 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12067 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12068 `buffer-face-mode'.
12070 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12071 local, and sets it to FACE.
12076 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12077 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12078 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12079 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12080 `face' text property.
12082 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12083 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12084 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12085 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12087 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12088 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12093 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12094 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12095 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "text-scale-m" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12101 ;;;***
12102 \f
12103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12108 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12109 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12110 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12115 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12120 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12121 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12122 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12127 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12128 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12129 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12130 backup file names and the like).
12135 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12136 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12137 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12138 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12139 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12140 internally by feedmail):
12142 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12143 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12144 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12145 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12147 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12148 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12149 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12150 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12151 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12157 ;;;***
12158 \f
12159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12160 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12163 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12164 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12165 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12167 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12168 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12173 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12174 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12175 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12176 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12177 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12178 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12185 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12186 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12187 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12188 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12189 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12194 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12195 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12196 Return value:
12197 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12198 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12199 * otherwise, nil
12204 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12205 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12210 Try to get a file name at point.
12211 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12216 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap-" "dired-at-point-")))
12222 ;;;***
12223 \f
12224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12225 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12228 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12229 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12230 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12235 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12236 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12237 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12238 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12239 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12244 Add FILE to the file cache.
12249 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12250 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12255 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12256 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12261 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12262 This function does not use any external programs.
12263 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12264 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12265 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12270 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12271 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12272 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12273 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12274 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12275 \(directories) is done.
12279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12281 ;;;***
12282 \f
12283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12284 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12287 Handle file system monitoring event.
12288 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12290 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12292 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12298 ;;;***
12299 \f
12300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12304 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12306 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12307 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12308 Local Variables list.
12310 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12311 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12312 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12317 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12322 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12324 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12325 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12326 the -*- line.
12328 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12329 then this function adds it.
12334 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12339 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12344 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12349 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12354 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12359 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12367 Add CLASSES for remote servers.
12368 CRITERIA is either a regular expression identifying a remote
12369 server, or a function with one argument IDENTIFICATION, which
12370 returns non-nil when a remote server shall apply CLASS'es
12371 variables. If CRITERIA is nil, it always applies.
12372 CLASSES are the names of a variable class (a symbol).
12374 When a connection to a remote server is opened and CRITERIA
12375 matches to that server, the connection-local variables from CLASSES
12376 are applied to the corresponding process buffer. The variables
12377 for a class are defined using `connection-local-set-class-variables'.
12382 Map the symbol CLASS to a list of variable settings.
12383 VARIABLES is a list that declares connection-local variables for
12384 the class. An element in VARIABLES is an alist whose elements
12385 are of the form (VAR . VALUE).
12387 When a connection to a remote server is opened, the server's
12388 classes are found. A server may be assigned a class using
12389 `connection-local-set-class'. Then variables are set in the
12390 server's process buffer according to the VARIABLES list of the
12391 class. The list is processed in order.
12396 Apply connection-local variables identified by `default-directory'.
12397 Other local variables, like file-local and dir-local variables,
12398 will not be changed.
12403 Apply connection-local variables according to CLASSES in current buffer.
12404 Execute BODY, and unwind connection local variables.
12410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("hack-connection-local-variables" "connection-local-" "modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12412 ;;;***
12413 \f
12414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12415 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12418 Filesets initialization.
12419 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12425 ;;;***
12426 \f
12427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12432 Initiate the building of a find command.
12433 For example:
12440 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12441 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12447 ;;;***
12448 \f
12449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12450 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12453 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12454 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12458 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12464 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12465 and run Dired on those files.
12466 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12467 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12471 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12476 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12477 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12482 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "lookfor-dired" "kill-find")))
12489 ;;;***
12490 \f
12491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12494 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12495 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12496 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12497 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12498 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12499 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12505 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12506 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12508 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12515 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12516 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12518 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12519 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12521 Variables of interest include:
12523 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12524 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12525 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12527 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12528 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12529 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12531 - `ff-ignore-include'
12532 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12534 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12535 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12537 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12538 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12540 - `ff-special-constructs'
12541 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12542 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12543 extracting the filename from that construct.
12545 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12546 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12548 - `ff-search-directories'
12549 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12550 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12552 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12553 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12555 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12556 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12558 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12559 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12561 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12562 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12564 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12565 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12570 Visit the file you click on.
12575 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-")))
12581 ;;;***
12582 \f
12583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12584 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12588 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12589 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library). If the
12590 optional OTHER-WINDOW argument (i.e., the command argument) is
12591 specified, pop to a different window before displaying the
12592 buffer.
12597 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12598 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12599 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12601 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12602 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12603 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12604 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12609 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12611 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12612 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12613 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12614 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12616 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12617 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12618 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12620 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12621 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12622 in `load-path'.
12627 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12629 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12630 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12631 places point before the definition.
12632 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12634 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12635 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12636 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12641 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12643 See `find-function' for more details.
12648 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12650 See `find-function' for more details.
12655 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12657 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12658 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12659 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12661 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12662 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12667 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12669 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12670 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12671 places point before the definition.
12673 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12675 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12676 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12677 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12682 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12684 See `find-variable' for more details.
12689 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12691 See `find-variable' for more details.
12696 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12697 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12698 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12699 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12700 buffer nor display it.
12702 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12703 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12708 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12710 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12711 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12712 places point before the definition.
12714 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12716 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12717 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12718 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12723 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12724 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12729 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12730 See `find-function-on-key'.
12735 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12736 See `find-function-on-key'.
12741 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12746 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12751 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-")))
12757 ;;;***
12758 \f
12759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12760 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12763 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12768 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12773 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12779 ;;;***
12780 \f
12781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12782 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12786 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12791 Display FILE's commentary section.
12792 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12797 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12803 ;;;***
12804 \f
12805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12806 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12809 Toggle flow control handling.
12811 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12816 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12818 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12820 to get the effect of a C-q.
12824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
12826 ;;;***
12827 \f
12828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
12843 ;;;***
12844 \f
12845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
12850 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
12851 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
12852 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12853 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
12859 Turn flymake mode on.
12864 Turn flymake mode off.
12873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
12875 ;;;***
12876 \f
12877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
12878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
12881 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
12887 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
12888 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
12889 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12890 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12892 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
12893 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
12894 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
12896 Bindings:
12902 Hooks:
12903 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
12905 Remark:
12906 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
12907 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
12908 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
12910 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
12911 consider adding:
12913 in your init file.
12921 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
12926 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
12931 Turn Flyspell mode off.
12936 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
12941 Flyspell whole buffer.
12945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
12947 ;;;***
12948 \f
12949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
12950 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
12953 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
12955 ;;;***
12956 \f
12957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
12958 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
12961 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12966 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12971 Toggle Follow mode.
12972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
12973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12976 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
12977 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
12979 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
12980 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
12981 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
12983 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
12984 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
12985 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
12986 movement commands.
12988 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
12989 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
12990 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
12991 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
12992 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
12993 mileage may vary).
12995 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
12998 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
13000 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
13002 Keys specific to Follow mode:
13008 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
13009 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13011 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13012 the window will be visible after the scroll.
13014 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13015 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13017 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13022 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
13023 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13025 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13026 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
13028 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13029 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13031 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13036 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
13038 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13039 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
13041 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13042 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13044 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13049 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13051 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13052 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13054 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13055 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13057 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13062 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13064 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13065 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13066 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13067 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13068 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13069 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13071 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13072 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13073 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13079 ;;;***
13080 \f
13081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13082 ;;;;;; 0))
13083 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "xlfd-" "x-")))
13087 ;;;***
13088 \f
13089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13090 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13094 Toggle Footnote mode.
13095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13096 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13097 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13099 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13100 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13101 play around with the following keys:
13106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-" "Footnote-")))
13108 ;;;***
13109 \f
13110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13111 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13115 ;;;***
13116 \f
13117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13118 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13121 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13123 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13124 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13125 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13126 C-c < forms-first-record <
13127 C-c > forms-last-record >
13128 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13129 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13130 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13131 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13132 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13133 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13134 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13135 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13136 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13137 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13142 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13147 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13151 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13153 ;;;***
13154 \f
13155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13159 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13160 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13163 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13167 Key definitions:
13170 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13172 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13174 `fortran-do-indent'
13175 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13176 `fortran-if-indent'
13177 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13178 `fortran-structure-indent'
13179 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13180 (default 3)
13181 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13182 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13183 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13184 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13185 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13186 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13187 nil don't change the indentation
13188 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13189 value of either
13190 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13191 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13192 depending on the continuation format in use.
13193 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13194 indentation for a line of code.
13195 (default `fixed')
13196 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13197 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13199 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13200 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13201 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13202 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13203 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13204 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13205 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13206 column 5.
13207 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13209 statements (default nil).
13210 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13212 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13213 `fortran-continuation-string'
13214 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13216 `fortran-comment-region'
13219 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13220 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13221 as typed (default t).
13222 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13223 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13225 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13226 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13232 ;;;***
13233 \f
13234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13235 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13238 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13240 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13241 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13246 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13248 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13249 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13254 Compile fortune file.
13256 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13257 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13262 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13264 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13265 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13266 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13267 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13272 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13273 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13274 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13279 Display a fortune cookie.
13280 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13281 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13282 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13283 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13289 ;;;***
13290 \f
13291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13292 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13294 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13295 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13298 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13299 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13303 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13305 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13306 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13308 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13309 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13310 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13311 intend to modify existing values, do
13313 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13315 before changing anything.
13317 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13318 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13320 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13321 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13322 to restore the frame.
13324 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13325 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13326 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13328 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13329 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13330 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13331 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13332 FILTER A filter function.
13334 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13335 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13337 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13339 where
13341 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13342 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13343 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13344 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13345 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13346 before restoring it.
13347 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13349 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13350 It must return:
13351 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13352 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13353 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13355 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13359 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13360 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13361 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13362 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13363 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13364 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13369 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13374 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13375 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13376 If nil, check all live frames.
13381 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13382 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13383 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13384 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13385 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13386 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13387 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13388 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13389 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13390 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13395 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13397 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13398 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13399 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13400 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13401 and window-state is not restored.
13403 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13404 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13406 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13407 t All existing frames can be reused.
13408 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13409 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13410 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13411 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13413 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13414 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13415 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13416 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13417 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13418 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13419 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13420 be created from that parameter alist.
13422 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13423 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13424 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13425 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13426 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13427 - the live frame just restored,
13428 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13429 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13430 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13433 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13434 nil Keep all frames.
13435 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13436 - FRAME, a live frame.
13437 - ACTION, which can be one of
13438 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13439 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13440 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13441 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13442 Return value is ignored.
13444 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13445 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13446 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13447 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13448 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13450 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13452 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13455 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13456 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13461 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13462 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13467 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13469 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13471 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13477 ;;;***
13478 \f
13479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13480 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13484 ;;;***
13485 \f
13486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13492 ;;;***
13493 \f
13494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13499 ;;;***
13500 \f
13501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13505 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13506 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13512 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13513 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13514 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13515 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13516 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13517 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13522 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13524 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13525 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13526 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13527 for your debugger.
13528 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13529 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13530 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13531 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13536 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13537 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13538 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13539 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13541 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13542 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13543 shown in some of the buffers.
13545 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13547 The following commands help control operation :
13549 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13550 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13552 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13553 detailed description of this mode.
13556 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13557 | GDB Toolbar |
13558 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13559 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13560 | | |
13561 | | |
13562 | | |
13563 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13564 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13565 | | (comint-mode) |
13566 | | |
13567 | | |
13568 | | |
13569 | | |
13570 | | |
13571 | | |
13572 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13573 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13574 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13575 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13576 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13577 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13581 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb" "gud-" "def-gdb-" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13583 ;;;***
13584 \f
13585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13586 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13591 ;;;***
13592 \f
13593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13597 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13598 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13602 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13604 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13605 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13606 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13607 documentation string instead.
13609 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13610 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13614 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13615 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13616 enders are actually possible.
13618 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13619 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13621 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13622 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13623 `font-lock-keywords'.
13625 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13626 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13627 runs the macro expansion.
13629 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13630 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13631 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13633 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13635 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13642 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13647 Enter generic mode MODE.
13649 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13651 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13653 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13654 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13659 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13660 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13661 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13662 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13663 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13664 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13665 `font-lock-keywords'.
13671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13673 ;;;***
13674 \f
13675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13676 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13680 ;;;***
13681 \f
13682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13686 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13688 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13689 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13690 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13696 ;;;***
13697 \f
13698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13702 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13703 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13708 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13710 Guideline for numbers:
13711 1 - error messages
13712 3 - non-serious error messages
13713 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13714 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13715 9 - messages inside loops.
13720 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13721 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13726 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13731 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13733 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13734 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13736 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13737 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13738 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13740 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13741 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13746 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("gmm-" "defun-gmm")))
13752 ;;;***
13753 \f
13754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13761 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13766 Read network news.
13767 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13768 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13769 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13770 name of an NNTP server to use.
13771 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13772 server.
13777 Read news as a slave.
13782 Pop up a frame to read news.
13783 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13784 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13785 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13786 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13787 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13789 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13790 current display is used.
13795 Read network news.
13796 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13797 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13798 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13804 ;;;***
13805 \f
13806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13807 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13810 Start Gnus unplugged.
13815 Start Gnus plugged.
13820 Read news as a slave unplugged.
13825 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
13827 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
13828 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
13829 customize gnus-agent to nil.
13831 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
13832 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
13833 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
13838 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
13843 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13844 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13845 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13846 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13847 supported.
13852 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
13853 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13854 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13855 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13856 supported.
13861 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
13866 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
13867 downloaded into the agent.
13872 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
13873 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
13874 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
13879 Start Gnus and fetch session.
13884 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
13889 Regenerate all agent covered files.
13890 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
13894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
13896 ;;;***
13897 \f
13898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
13899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
13902 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
13906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
13908 ;;;***
13909 \f
13910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
13911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
13913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
13915 ;;;***
13916 \f
13917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
13918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
13920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
13922 ;;;***
13923 \f
13924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
13925 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
13926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
13929 Set a bookmark for this article.
13934 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
13939 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
13940 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
13941 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
13942 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
13946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
13948 ;;;***
13949 \f
13950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
13951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
13954 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
13956 Usage:
13957 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
13962 Generate the cache active file.
13967 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
13972 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13973 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13974 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
13975 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13976 supported.
13981 Delete GROUP from the cache.
13982 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13983 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
13984 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13985 supported.
13989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
13991 ;;;***
13992 \f
13993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
13994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
13996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("turn-o" "gnus-")))
13998 ;;;***
13999 \f
14000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
14003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
14005 ;;;***
14006 \f
14007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
14010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
14012 ;;;***
14013 \f
14014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
14015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
14018 Delay this article by some time.
14019 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
14021 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
14022 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
14024 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
14025 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
14027 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
14028 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
14033 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
14038 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
14039 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
14040 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
14042 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
14043 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
14047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14049 ;;;***
14050 \f
14051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14056 ;;;***
14057 \f
14058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14059 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14073 ;;;***
14074 \f
14075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14076 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14079 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14085 ;;;***
14086 \f
14087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14091 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14097 ;;;***
14098 \f
14099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14104 ;;;***
14105 \f
14106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14111 ;;;***
14112 \f
14113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14117 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14124 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14126 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14131 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14136 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14138 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14139 different input formats.
14144 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14146 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14147 different input formats.
14152 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14153 The PNG is returned as a string.
14158 Convert FILE to a Face.
14159 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14160 726 bytes.
14165 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14167 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14172 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14178 ;;;***
14179 \f
14180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14181 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14185 Display gravatar in the From header.
14186 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14191 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14192 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14196 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14198 ;;;***
14199 \f
14200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14204 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14205 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14206 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14211 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14217 ;;;***
14218 \f
14219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14234 ;;;***
14235 \f
14236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14237 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14240 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14242 ;;;***
14243 \f
14244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14247 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14249 ;;;***
14250 \f
14251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14257 Run batched scoring.
14258 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14264 ;;;***
14265 \f
14266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14271 ;;;***
14272 \f
14273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14276 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14278 ;;;***
14279 \f
14280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14289 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14290 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14295 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14301 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14303 ;;;***
14304 \f
14305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14306 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14309 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14310 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14311 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14312 group parameters.
14314 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14315 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14316 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14317 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14319 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14320 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14321 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14322 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14323 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14324 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14325 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14326 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14327 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14328 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14333 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14334 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
14335 nil CATCH-ALL).
14337 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14338 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14343 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14344 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14346 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14351 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14352 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14354 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14356 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14357 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14358 existing groups are considered.
14360 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14361 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14362 returned.
14364 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14365 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14366 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14367 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14368 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14369 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14370 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14371 clauses will be generated.
14373 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14374 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14375 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14376 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14377 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14378 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14380 For example, given the following group parameters:
14382 nnml:mail.bar:
14385 nnml:mail.foo:
14390 nnml:mail.others:
14391 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14405 ;;;***
14406 \f
14407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14411 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14412 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14413 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14414 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14415 instead.
14417 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14420 Mail to ADDRESS.
14425 Like `message-reply'.
14429 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14433 ;;;***
14434 \f
14435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14436 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14440 Send a notification on new message.
14441 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14442 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14443 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14445 This is typically a function to add in
14446 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14452 ;;;***
14453 \f
14454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14458 Display picons in the From header.
14459 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14464 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14465 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14470 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14471 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14477 ;;;***
14478 \f
14479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14483 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14484 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14485 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14490 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14491 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14492 LIST1 is modified.
14497 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14498 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14508 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14509 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14514 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14515 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14522 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14523 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14528 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14529 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14534 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14535 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14540 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14546 ;;;***
14547 \f
14548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14549 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14550 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14553 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14558 Install the registry hooks.
14562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14564 ;;;***
14565 \f
14566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14567 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14572 ;;;***
14573 \f
14574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14575 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14579 ;;;***
14580 \f
14581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14582 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14586 ;;;***
14587 \f
14588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14592 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14593 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14594 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14595 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14596 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14601 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14602 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14603 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14604 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14615 ;;;***
14616 \f
14617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14621 Update the format specification near point.
14625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14627 ;;;***
14628 \f
14629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14630 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14634 ;;;***
14635 \f
14636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14640 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14646 ;;;***
14647 \f
14648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14652 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14653 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14659 ;;;***
14660 \f
14661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14662 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14666 ;;;***
14667 \f
14668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14673 ;;;***
14674 \f
14675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14676 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14680 ;;;***
14681 \f
14682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14683 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14687 ;;;***
14688 \f
14689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14694 ;;;***
14695 \f
14696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14700 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14706 ;;;***
14707 \f
14708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14709 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14712 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14713 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14714 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14715 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14716 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14724 ;;;***
14725 \f
14726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14727 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14730 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14732 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14733 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14734 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14736 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14737 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14738 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14740 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14743 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14744 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14752 ;;;***
14753 \f
14754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14755 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14760 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14761 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14762 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14763 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14768 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14769 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14770 or to send e-mail.
14771 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14772 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14774 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14775 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14781 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14783 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14784 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14789 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14795 ;;;***
14796 \f
14797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14798 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14801 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14802 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14807 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14813 ;;;***
14814 \f
14815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14825 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14826 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14827 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
14829 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14830 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14837 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14838 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14848 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
14852 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
14856 The default find program.
14857 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
14861 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
14862 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
14866 How to invoke find and grep.
14867 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
14868 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
14869 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
14870 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
14881 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
14882 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
14892 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
14897 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
14899 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
14902 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
14903 arguments.
14905 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
14906 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
14908 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
14909 can easily repeat a grep command.
14911 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
14912 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
14913 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
14914 list is empty).
14919 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
14920 Collect output in a buffer.
14922 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
14924 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
14925 easily repeat a find command.
14932 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
14933 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14934 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14935 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14938 before it is executed.
14941 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
14942 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14943 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
14950 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
14951 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14952 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14953 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14956 before it is executed.
14959 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
14960 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14961 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
14966 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
14967 to specify a command to run.
14972 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
14973 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
14974 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
14980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("rgrep-default-command" "grep-" "kill-grep")))
14982 ;;;***
14983 \f
14984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (0 0 0 0))
14985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
14988 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
14989 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
14990 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
14997 ;;;***
14998 \f
14999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
15002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("open-gssapi-stream" "gssapi-program")))
15004 ;;;***
15005 \f
15006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
15007 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
15010 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
15011 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
15012 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
15013 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
15014 for your debugger.
15015 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
15016 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
15017 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
15018 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
15023 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15024 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15025 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15030 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15031 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15032 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15037 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15038 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15039 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15041 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
15042 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
15047 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15048 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15049 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15054 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15055 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15056 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15061 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15062 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15063 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15068 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15071 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15073 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15074 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15075 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15076 original source file access method.
15078 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15079 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15084 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15089 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15090 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15091 for a description of this minor mode.
15092 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15093 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15099 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15100 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15101 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15102 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gdb-" "gud-")))
15108 ;;;***
15109 \f
15110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15114 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15115 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15116 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15117 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15118 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15119 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15120 set it to.
15121 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15126 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15127 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15128 of PLACE.
15129 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15130 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15131 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15132 and SETTER.
15133 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15134 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15141 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15142 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15143 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15144 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15155 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15157 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15160 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15161 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15162 well for simple place forms.
15163 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15164 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15165 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15166 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15167 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15168 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15176 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15177 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15178 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15179 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15181 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15182 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15183 (let ((temp VAL))
15184 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15185 temp)
15186 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15191 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15192 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15193 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15194 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15195 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15202 Return a reference to PLACE.
15203 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15204 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15206 binding mode.
15212 ;;;***
15213 \f
15214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15215 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15219 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15220 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15222 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15223 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15224 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15225 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15231 ;;;***
15232 \f
15233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15234 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15235 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15237 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("han")))
15239 ;;;***
15240 \f
15241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15242 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15245 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15250 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15251 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15252 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15254 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15259 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15260 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15261 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15262 to be updated.
15266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15268 ;;;***
15269 \f
15270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15274 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15279 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15280 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15285 Verify a hashcash payment
15290 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15291 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15292 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15293 `mail-add-payment-async').
15298 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15299 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15300 Calculation is asynchronous.
15305 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15306 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15312 ;;;***
15313 \f
15314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15315 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15318 Return the help-echo string at point.
15319 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15320 property, or nil, is returned.
15321 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15322 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15323 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15328 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15329 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15330 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15331 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15336 Display local help in the echo area.
15337 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15338 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15339 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15340 printed instead.
15342 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15343 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15344 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15349 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15350 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15355 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15356 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15361 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15362 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15363 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15364 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15365 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15366 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15367 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15368 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15369 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15370 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15372 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15373 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15374 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15375 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15376 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15378 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15379 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15380 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15381 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15382 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15383 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15384 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15390 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15391 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15392 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15393 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15394 considered different regions.
15396 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15397 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15398 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15399 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15400 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15401 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15402 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15403 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15404 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15409 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15410 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15411 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15412 different regions.
15414 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15415 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15416 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15417 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15418 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15419 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15420 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15421 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15423 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15424 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15425 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15426 rarely happens in practice.
15431 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15432 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15433 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15434 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15435 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("scan-buf-move-hook" "help-at-pt-")))
15441 ;;;***
15442 \f
15443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15444 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15447 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15448 When called from lisp, FUNCTION may also be a function object.
15453 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15454 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15459 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15460 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15461 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15462 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15463 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15464 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15466 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15467 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15468 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15469 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15470 suitable file is found, return nil.
15480 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15481 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15482 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15487 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15488 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15489 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15490 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15491 it is displayed along with the global value.
15496 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15497 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15498 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15499 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15500 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15505 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15506 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15507 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15512 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15513 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15514 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15515 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15520 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15525 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("help-" "describe-")))
15531 ;;;***
15532 \f
15533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15534 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15537 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15538 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15539 window listing and describing the options.
15545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15547 ;;;***
15548 \f
15549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15550 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15553 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15554 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15555 Commands:
15561 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15566 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15573 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15574 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15575 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15578 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15580 restore it properly when going back.
15585 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15586 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15587 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15588 from `help-mode'.
15590 it does not already exist.
15595 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15597 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15598 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15599 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15600 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15601 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15602 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15603 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15604 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15606 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15607 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15608 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15609 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15611 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15612 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15613 that.
15618 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15619 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15620 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15621 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15622 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15627 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15628 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15629 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15630 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15635 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15642 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15643 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15644 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("help-" "describe-symbol-backends")))
15650 ;;;***
15651 \f
15652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15656 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15661 Provide help for current mode.
15665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-")))
15667 ;;;***
15668 \f
15669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15670 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("encode-hex-string" "decode-hex-string")))
15674 ;;;***
15675 \f
15676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15677 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15681 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15682 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15683 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15685 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15686 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15689 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15690 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15691 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15693 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15694 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15695 periods.
15697 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15698 in hexl format.
15700 A sample format:
15702 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15703 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15704 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15705 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15706 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15707 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15708 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15709 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15710 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15711 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15712 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15713 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15714 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15715 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15716 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15718 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15719 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15720 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15722 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15723 also supported.
15725 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15727 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15728 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15729 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15732 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15733 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15736 into the buffer at the current point.
15739 into the buffer at the current point.
15742 into the buffer at the current point.
15746 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15747 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15756 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15757 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15758 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15763 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15764 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("hexl-" "dehexlify-buffer")))
15770 ;;;***
15771 \f
15772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15773 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15776 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15777 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15778 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15779 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15781 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15783 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15784 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15786 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15787 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
15788 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
15789 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
15793 which can be called interactively, are:
15796 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15799 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
15800 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
15801 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
15804 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15807 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
15808 available face automatically.
15811 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
15814 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
15816 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
15818 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
15819 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
15820 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
15821 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
15822 function returns t.
15825 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
15827 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
15828 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
15829 form:
15830 Hi-lock: FOO
15832 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
15833 position (number of characters into buffer)
15834 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
15835 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
15836 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
15841 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
15842 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
15843 for a description of this minor mode.
15844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15845 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15851 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
15852 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
15853 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
15854 ARG is omitted or nil.
15856 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
15857 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
15858 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
15865 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
15866 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15867 Use the global history list for FACE.
15869 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15870 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15871 highlighting will not update as you type.
15878 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
15879 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15880 Use the global history list for FACE.
15882 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15883 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15884 highlighting will not update as you type.
15891 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
15892 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15893 Use the global history list for FACE.
15895 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
15896 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
15897 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
15899 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15900 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15901 highlighting will not update as you type.
15908 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
15909 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
15910 unless you use a prefix argument.
15911 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
15913 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
15914 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
15921 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
15922 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
15923 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
15925 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
15930 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
15932 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
15933 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
15934 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
15938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
15940 ;;;***
15941 \f
15942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
15943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
15946 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
15947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
15948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15949 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15951 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
15952 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
15953 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
15954 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
15956 `hide-ifdef-env'
15957 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
15958 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
15959 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
15960 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
15961 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
15962 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
15963 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
15965 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
15966 An association list of defined symbol lists.
15967 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15968 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15969 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
15971 `hide-ifdef-lines'
15972 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
15973 #endif lines when hiding.
15975 `hide-ifdef-initially'
15976 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
15977 is activated.
15979 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
15980 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
15981 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
15987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("hif-" "hide-ifdef" "show-ifdef" "previous-ifdef" "next-ifdef" "up-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "backward-ifdef" "forward-ifdef" "intern-safe")))
15989 ;;;***
15990 \f
15991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
15992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
15994 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
15995 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
15996 Each element has the form
15997 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
15999 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
16000 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
16002 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
16003 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
16005 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
16006 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
16007 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
16008 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
16009 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
16010 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
16012 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
16013 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
16015 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
16016 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
16018 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
16019 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
16023 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
16024 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
16025 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16026 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16028 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
16029 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
16030 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
16032 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
16033 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
16034 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
16036 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
16037 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
16039 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
16041 Key bindings:
16047 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
16051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
16053 ;;;***
16054 \f
16055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
16056 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16059 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16060 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16061 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16062 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16064 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16065 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16067 this on and off.
16069 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16074 through various faces.
16076 buffer with the contents of a file
16082 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16083 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16084 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16085 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16087 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16088 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16089 in a distinctive face.
16091 The default value can be customized with variable
16092 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16094 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16099 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16100 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16105 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16110 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16115 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16117 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16118 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16119 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16120 shown in the last face in the list.
16122 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16123 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16124 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16131 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16133 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16135 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16136 to save the file.
16138 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16139 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16141 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16148 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16150 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16151 this function is called interactively.
16153 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16154 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16155 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16157 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16164 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16165 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16166 for a description of this minor mode.
16167 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16168 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16174 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16175 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16176 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16177 ARG is omitted or nil.
16179 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16180 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16181 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16185 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("highlight-" "hilit-chg-" "global-highlight-changes")))
16187 ;;;***
16188 \f
16189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16190 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16193 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16194 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16195 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16201 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16202 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16203 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16204 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16205 expansions.
16206 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16208 undoes the expansion.
16213 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16214 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16215 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("hippie-expand-" "he-" "try-")))
16221 ;;;***
16222 \f
16223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16227 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16230 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16232 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16233 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16234 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16235 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16236 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16237 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16239 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16240 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16241 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16242 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16247 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16248 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16249 for a description of this minor mode.
16250 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16251 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16257 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16258 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16259 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16260 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16262 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16263 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16264 windows.
16266 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16267 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16271 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("hl-line-" "global-hl-line-")))
16273 ;;;***
16274 \f
16275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16280 ;;;***
16281 \f
16282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16283 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16287 ;;;***
16288 \f
16289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16290 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16292 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16293 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16300 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16301 Oriental holidays.
16309 Local holidays.
16317 User defined holidays.
16324 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16325 Jewish holidays.
16332 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16333 Christian holidays.
16340 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16341 Islamic holidays.
16348 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16349 Bahá’à holidays.
16356 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16357 Sun-related holidays.
16367 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16368 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16369 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
16374 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16375 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16376 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16377 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16379 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16380 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16382 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16383 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16385 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16386 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16387 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16388 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16389 of a holiday list.
16391 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("holiday-" "calendar-")))
16399 ;;;***
16400 \f
16401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "net/html2text.el" (0 0 0 0))
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/html2text.el
16405 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
16409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "html2text" '("html2text-")))
16411 ;;;***
16412 \f
16413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16414 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16418 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16419 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16420 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16421 as possible.
16423 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16424 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16425 fontified display.
16427 You should, however, note that random control or non-ASCII
16428 characters such as ^L (U+000C FORM FEED (FF)) or ¤ (U+00A4
16429 CURRENCY SIGN) won't get mapped yet.
16431 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16432 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16433 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16438 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16439 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16441 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16447 ;;;***
16448 \f
16449 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16450 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "shell-command-" "size" "alphabetic" "major-mode" "mode" "print" "predicate" "content" "name" "derived-mode" "used-mode" "query-replace" "rename-uniquely" "revert" "replace-regexp" "view-and-eval" "eval")))
16455 ;;;***
16456 \f
16457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16458 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16461 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16463 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16464 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16465 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16467 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16468 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16469 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16470 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16471 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16472 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16474 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16475 title of the column.
16477 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16478 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16479 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16480 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16481 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16488 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16489 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16490 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16491 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16493 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16494 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16504 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16505 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16506 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16507 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16508 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16510 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16511 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16512 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16513 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16514 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16515 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16516 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16517 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16518 values are:
16519 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16520 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16521 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16522 buffer's modification flag.
16523 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16524 prompted before performing this operation.
16525 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16526 operation is complete, in the form:
16528 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16529 confirmation message, in the form:
16531 COMPLEX means this function is special; if COMPLEX is nil BODY
16532 evaluates once for each marked buffer, MBUF, with MBUF current
16533 and saving the point. If COMPLEX is non-nil, BODY evaluates
16534 without requiring MBUF current.
16535 BODY define the operation; they are forms to evaluate per each
16536 marked buffer. BODY is evaluated with `buf' bound to the
16537 buffer object.
16539 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16546 Define a filter named NAME.
16547 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16548 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16549 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16551 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16552 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16553 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16554 bound to the current value of the filter.
16562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-")))
16564 ;;;***
16565 \f
16566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16570 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16571 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16572 buffers which are visiting a file.
16577 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16578 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16579 buffers which are visiting a file.
16584 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16585 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16587 All arguments are optional.
16588 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16590 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16591 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16592 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16593 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16594 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16595 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16596 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16597 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16598 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16599 that value locally in this buffer.
16603 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "process" "mark" "mod" "size" "name" "locked" "read-only")))
16605 ;;;***
16606 \f
16607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16608 ;;;;;; 0))
16609 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16613 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16614 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16615 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16620 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16621 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16622 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16623 ICAL-FILENAME.
16624 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16625 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16626 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16631 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16632 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16633 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16634 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16635 non-marking or not.
16640 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16642 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16643 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16644 DIARY-FILE.
16646 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16647 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16648 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16650 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16651 non-marking.
16653 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16654 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16655 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar-")))
16661 ;;;***
16662 \f
16663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16664 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16667 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16668 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16669 for a description of this minor mode.
16670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16671 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16677 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16678 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16679 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16680 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16682 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16683 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16684 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16685 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16687 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16690 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16691 completions:
16701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-")))
16703 ;;;***
16704 \f
16705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16709 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16710 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16711 Tab indents for Icon code.
16712 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16713 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16715 Variables controlling indentation style:
16716 icon-tab-always-indent
16717 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16718 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16719 icon-auto-newline
16720 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16721 inserted in Icon code.
16722 icon-indent-level
16723 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16724 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16725 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16726 icon-continued-statement-offset
16727 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16728 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16729 icon-continued-brace-offset
16730 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16731 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16732 icon-brace-offset
16733 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16734 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16735 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16736 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16738 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16739 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("indent-icon-exp" "icon-" "electric-icon-brace" "end-of-icon-defun" "beginning-of-icon-defun" "mark-icon-function" "calculate-icon-indent")))
16745 ;;;***
16746 \f
16747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16748 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-")))
16753 ;;;***
16754 \f
16755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16756 ;;;;;; 0))
16757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16761 ;;;***
16762 \f
16763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16764 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16768 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16769 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16770 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16772 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16773 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16774 separate frames.
16776 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16777 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16779 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16780 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16781 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16789 ;;;***
16790 \f
16791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
16792 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16793 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
16795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
16797 ;;;***
16798 \f
16799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
16800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
16804 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
16806 The main features of this mode are
16808 1. Indentation and Formatting
16809 --------------------------
16810 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
16811 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
16814 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
16815 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
16816 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
16818 Comments are indented as follows:
16820 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
16821 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
16822 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
16824 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
16827 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
16828 relative to the first will be retained. Use
16830 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
16831 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
16833 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
16838 2. Routine Info
16839 ------------
16840 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
16841 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
16843 source file of a module. These commands know about system
16844 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
16845 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
16846 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
16847 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
16849 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
16851 3. Online IDL Help
16852 ---------------
16855 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
16856 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
16857 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
16859 4. Completion
16860 ----------
16862 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
16863 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
16864 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
16865 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
16866 upper case.
16868 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
16869 --------------------------------
16870 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
16885 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
16888 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
16889 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
16892 6. Automatic Case Conversion
16893 -------------------------
16894 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
16895 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
16897 7. Automatic END completion
16898 ------------------------
16899 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
16900 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
16902 8. Hooks
16903 -----
16904 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
16905 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
16907 9. Documentation and Customization
16908 -------------------------------
16909 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
16911 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
16912 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
16913 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
16914 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
16916 10.Keybindings
16917 -----------
16918 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
16920 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
16926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
16928 ;;;***
16929 \f
16930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
16931 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
16934 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
16935 The following values are possible:
16936 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
16937 displaying...)
16938 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
16939 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
16940 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
16942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16948 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
16949 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16950 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
16951 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
16952 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
16953 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
16954 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
16955 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
16960 Switch to another buffer.
16961 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
16962 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16963 in another frame.
16965 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
16966 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
16967 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
16968 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
16971 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
16972 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
16979 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
16980 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
16981 in a separate window.
16995 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
16996 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16997 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17002 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
17003 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17004 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17009 Kill a buffer.
17010 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17011 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17016 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
17017 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17018 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17023 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
17024 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17025 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17030 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
17035 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
17036 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
17037 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17038 in another frame.
17040 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
17041 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
17042 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
17043 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
17044 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
17047 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
17048 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
17055 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
17056 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
17057 in a separate window.
17080 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17081 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17082 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17087 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17088 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17089 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17094 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17095 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17096 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17101 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17102 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17103 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17108 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17109 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17110 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17115 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17116 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17117 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17122 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17123 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17124 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17129 Write current buffer to a file.
17130 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17131 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17136 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17137 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17138 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17143 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17144 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17145 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17150 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17151 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17152 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17153 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17154 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17159 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17160 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17161 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17166 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17167 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17168 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17173 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17174 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17175 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17176 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17177 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17178 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17179 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17180 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17181 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17182 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17183 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17184 with point positioned at the end.
17185 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17186 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17188 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17192 ;;;***
17193 \f
17194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17195 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17198 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17199 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17200 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17204 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("inferior-emacs-lisp-mode" "ielm-")))
17206 ;;;***
17207 \f
17208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17209 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17211 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17213 ;;;***
17214 \f
17215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17216 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17221 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17222 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17223 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17224 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-" "turn-off-iimage-mode")))
17231 ;;;***
17232 \f
17233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17237 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17238 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17239 be determined.
17244 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17245 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17246 be determined.
17251 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17252 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17253 be determined.
17258 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17259 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17260 be determined.
17265 Determine and return image type.
17266 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17267 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17268 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17269 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17270 use its file extension as image type.
17271 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17276 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17277 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17282 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17283 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17285 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17286 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17287 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17288 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17289 must be available.
17294 Create an image.
17295 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17296 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17297 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17298 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17299 use its file extension as image type.
17300 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17301 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17302 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17303 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17305 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17307 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17309 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17314 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17315 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17316 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17317 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17318 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17319 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17320 POS may be an integer or marker.
17321 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17322 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17323 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17324 means display it in the right marginal area.
17329 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17330 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17331 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17332 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17333 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17334 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17335 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17336 means display it in the right marginal area.
17337 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17338 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17339 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17340 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17341 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17346 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17347 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17348 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17349 STRING is a single space.
17350 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17351 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17352 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17353 means display it in the right marginal area.
17354 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17359 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17360 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17361 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17366 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17368 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17370 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17371 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17372 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17373 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17374 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17375 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17376 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17377 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17378 satisfied.
17380 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17382 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17387 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17389 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17390 documentation string.
17392 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17393 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17394 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17395 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17396 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17397 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17398 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17399 define SYMBOL.
17401 Example:
17411 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17412 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17413 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17415 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17416 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17417 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17418 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17420 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image")))
17426 ;;;***
17427 \f
17428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17429 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17433 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17434 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17435 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17436 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17437 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17442 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17444 Convenience command that:
17446 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17447 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17448 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17450 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17451 image files in dired and type
17454 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17456 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17457 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17462 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17463 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17464 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17465 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17466 another one).
17468 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17469 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17470 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17472 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17473 instead of erasing it first.
17475 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17476 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17477 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17478 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17479 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17480 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17485 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17486 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17487 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17488 displayed.
17497 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17502 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17503 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17508 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17513 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17514 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17515 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17520 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17525 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17530 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17535 Display current image file.
17536 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17537 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17542 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17547 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17548 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17549 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17550 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17551 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17552 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17557 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17558 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17559 easy-to-use form.
17563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-")))
17565 ;;;***
17566 \f
17567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17568 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17570 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17571 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17572 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17573 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17575 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17576 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17577 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17583 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17584 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17585 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17587 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17588 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17589 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17595 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17600 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17601 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17602 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17607 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17608 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17609 for a description of this minor mode.
17610 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17611 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17617 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17619 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17620 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17622 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17623 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17624 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-")))
17630 ;;;***
17631 \f
17632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17633 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17636 Major mode for image files.
17637 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17638 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17640 Key bindings:
17646 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17647 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17648 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17649 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17652 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17653 actual image.
17658 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17659 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17660 displays an image file as text.
17669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-")))
17671 ;;;***
17672 \f
17673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17674 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17678 ;;;***
17679 \f
17680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17681 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17684 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17686 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17688 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17689 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17690 in the buffer.
17692 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17694 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17695 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17701 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17702 Each element of this list should have the form
17704 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17706 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17707 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17708 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17709 matches are put).
17710 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17711 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17712 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17713 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17714 another element.
17715 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17716 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17717 the menu item.
17718 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17719 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17720 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17721 the ARGUMENTS.
17723 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17724 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17725 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17727 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17728 create a buffer index.
17730 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17731 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
17739 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17741 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17742 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17743 called within a `save-excursion'.
17750 Function for finding the next index position.
17752 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17753 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17754 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17755 file.
17757 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
17763 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
17765 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
17766 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
17772 Function to compare string with index item.
17774 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
17775 non-nil if they match.
17777 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
17778 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
17785 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
17796 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
17797 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
17798 See the command `imenu' for more information.
17805 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
17810 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
17811 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
17812 for more information.
17816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-")))
17818 ;;;***
17819 \f
17820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
17821 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
17824 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
17844 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
17848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("indian-" "ucs-to-is")))
17850 ;;;***
17851 \f
17852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
17853 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
17856 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
17857 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
17858 to that buffer.
17859 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
17860 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
17861 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
17868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("inferior-lisp-" "lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
17870 ;;;***
17871 \f
17872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
17873 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
17875 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
17876 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
17877 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
17878 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
17879 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
17880 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
17881 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
17882 first in this list.
17884 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
17885 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17886 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
17887 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
17888 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
17890 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
17891 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
17892 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
17895 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
17901 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
17902 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
17903 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
17904 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
17906 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
17907 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
17908 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
17909 with the top-level Info directory.
17911 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
17912 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
17916 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17917 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
17918 in all the directories in that path.
17920 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
17925 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
17935 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
17936 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
17942 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
17943 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
17944 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
17949 Go to the Info directory node.
17954 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
17955 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
17956 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
17958 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
17963 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
17964 Build a menu of the possible matches.
17969 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
17970 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
17971 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
17972 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
17977 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
17979 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
17980 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
17985 Selecting other nodes:
17987 Follow a node reference you click on.
17988 This works with menu items, cross references, and
17990 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
17995 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
18005 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
18009 Moving within a node:
18011 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
18012 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
18013 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
18014 move up to the parent node.
18016 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
18017 if there is none.
18020 Advanced commands:
18022 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
18023 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
18024 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
18026 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
18030 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
18031 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
18032 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
18036 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
18042 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
18043 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18044 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18045 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18046 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
18052 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
18053 KEY is a string.
18054 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
18055 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18056 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18057 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18062 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
18063 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18068 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18069 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18074 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18075 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18076 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18077 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18078 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("info-" "Info-")))
18084 ;;;***
18085 \f
18086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18087 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18090 Throw away all cached data.
18091 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18092 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18093 system.
18099 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18100 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18101 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18102 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18103 one found at point.
18105 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18111 Display the documentation of a file.
18112 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18113 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18114 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18115 The default file name is the one found at point.
18117 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18122 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18127 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-")))
18133 ;;;***
18134 \f
18135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18136 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18140 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18141 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18142 current info file is the default.
18144 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18145 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18146 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18147 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18148 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18150 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18151 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18152 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18153 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18154 mistake in the reference.
18156 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18157 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18158 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18161 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18162 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18163 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18168 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18169 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18170 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18171 checked.
18175 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18176 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18177 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18178 should be harmless.
18183 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18184 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18185 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18187 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18188 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18189 and can take a long time.
18194 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18195 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18197 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18199 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18200 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18202 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18204 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18205 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18206 all builtins).
18208 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18209 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18210 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18211 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18212 the sources handy.
18216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18218 ;;;***
18219 \f
18220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18221 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18224 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18234 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18235 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18236 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18238 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18239 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18240 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18242 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18243 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18244 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18245 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18250 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18251 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18256 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18257 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18258 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-")))
18265 ;;;***
18266 \f
18267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline-")))
18281 ;;;***
18282 \f
18283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18288 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18289 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18293 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18295 ;;;***
18296 \f
18297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18298 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18299 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18302 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18307 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-")))
18318 ;;;***
18319 \f
18320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18321 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18325 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18326 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18327 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18328 accessed via isearchb.
18332 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb")))
18334 ;;;***
18335 \f
18336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18337 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18338 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-")))
18342 ;;;***
18343 \f
18344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18345 ;;;;;; 0))
18346 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18349 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18350 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18351 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18352 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18357 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18358 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18359 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18360 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18365 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18366 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18367 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18368 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18373 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18374 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18375 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18376 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18381 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18382 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18383 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18384 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18389 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18390 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18391 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18392 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18397 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18398 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18399 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18400 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18405 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18407 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18412 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18414 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18419 Warn that format is read-only.
18424 Warn that format is write-only.
18429 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18435 ;;;***
18436 \f
18437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18438 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18439 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18445 ;;;***
18446 \f
18447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18448 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18453 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18466 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
18467 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
18472 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
18474 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
18476 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
18478 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18479 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18480 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18481 Valid forms include:
18482 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18483 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18484 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18487 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
18488 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18489 First list is used raw.
18492 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18495 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
18496 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18497 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18498 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18504 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18505 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18506 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18508 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18509 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18510 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18511 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18512 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18514 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18515 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18517 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18518 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18520 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18521 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18526 Return values:
18527 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18528 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18531 quit spell session exited.
18536 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18537 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18542 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18544 Selections are:
18546 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18547 SPC: Accept word this time.
18548 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18549 `a': Accept word for this session.
18550 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18551 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18552 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18553 `?': Show these commands.
18554 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18555 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18556 the aborted check to be completed later.
18557 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18558 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18559 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18560 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18561 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18562 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18563 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18568 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18569 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18570 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18575 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18579 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18584 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18585 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18586 amount for last line processed.
18591 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18596 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18601 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18602 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18607 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18612 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18613 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18614 sequence inside of a word.
18616 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18621 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18626 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18627 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18628 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18630 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18631 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18632 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18633 available on the net.
18638 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18640 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18641 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18643 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18644 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18645 spelled.
18647 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18649 SPC.
18652 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18657 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18658 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18659 Don't check included messages.
18661 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18662 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18663 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18665 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18666 in your init file:
18672 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18673 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("ispell-" "check-ispell-version")))
18680 ;;;***
18681 \f
18682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18683 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18684 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("skkdic-" "batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename")))
18688 ;;;***
18689 \f
18690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18691 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18692 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18696 ;;;***
18697 \f
18698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18699 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18700 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18708 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18709 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18710 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18711 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18712 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18713 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18714 necessary to represent OBJ.
18719 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18720 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18721 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18726 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18727 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18728 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18729 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18734 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18735 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18736 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18741 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18742 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18743 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18748 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18753 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18754 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18755 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18756 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18761 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18762 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18763 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18764 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
18769 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18770 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
18774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-")))
18776 ;;;***
18777 \f
18778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
18779 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
18782 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
18783 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
18792 Uninstall jka-compr.
18793 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
18794 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
18795 by `jka-compr-installed'.
18799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("jka-compr-" "compression-error")))
18801 ;;;***
18802 \f
18803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
18804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
18808 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
18813 Major mode for editing JSX.
18815 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
18816 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
18817 locally, like so:
18819 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
18820 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
18826 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
18828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js-" "with-js")))
18830 ;;;***
18831 \f
18832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
18833 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
18838 ;;;***
18839 \f
18840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
18841 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
18843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-")))
18845 ;;;***
18846 \f
18847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
18848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
18851 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18852 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18858 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
18859 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18865 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18866 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18872 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18873 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18879 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
18880 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
18881 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
18882 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
18883 keys are bound.
18885 Setup Binding
18886 -------------------------------------------------------------
18887 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
18888 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
18889 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
18890 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
18891 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
18892 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
18893 in the global and local keymaps.
18895 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
18896 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
18900 ;;;***
18901 \f
18902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
18903 ;;;;;; 0))
18904 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
18907 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
18908 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
18910 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
18911 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
18912 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
18913 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
18914 shorter.
18916 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
18917 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
18918 the context of text formatting.
18922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-")))
18924 ;;;***
18925 \f
18926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
18927 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
18930 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
18931 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
18932 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
18933 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
18937 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
18938 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
18939 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18940 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
18941 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
18942 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
18948 ;;;***
18949 \f
18950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
18951 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
18956 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
18957 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
18958 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
18960 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
18961 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
18962 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
18964 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
18966 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
18967 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18968 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18972 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
18975 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
18976 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
18978 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
18979 defining the macro.
18982 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
18988 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18990 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
18991 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
18995 under that name.
18997 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
18998 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
18999 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
19001 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19003 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19005 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
19006 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
19008 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
19009 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
19010 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
19011 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
19013 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
19016 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
19018 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
19019 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19020 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19022 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
19023 macro.
19026 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
19028 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
19030 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
19035 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19037 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19038 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
19039 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19042 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19044 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19045 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
19046 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19047 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
19049 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
19052 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19054 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
19055 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
19056 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
19058 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
19062 ;;;***
19063 \f
19064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19065 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19066 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19068 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19069 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19072 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19075 \(fn)" nil nil)
19077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("exit-korean-environment" "korean-key-bindings" "isearch-" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method")))
19079 ;;;***
19080 \f
19081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19082 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19084 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19087 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19089 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19090 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19091 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19092 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19093 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19094 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19096 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19097 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19099 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19101 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19102 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19104 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19106 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19109 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19111 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19114 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-")))
19118 ;;;***
19119 \f
19120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19121 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19122 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19124 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19127 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19129 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19131 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19132 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19133 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19135 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19137 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19138 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19139 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19141 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19143 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19146 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19148 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-")))
19152 ;;;***
19153 \f
19154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19155 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19156 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19158 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19159 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19160 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19161 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19162 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19163 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19164 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19165 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19167 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19168 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19170 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19173 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19175 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19176 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19177 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19178 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19179 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19180 `latin1-display-setup'.
19182 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19184 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19185 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19186 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19187 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19192 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19196 ;;;***
19197 \f
19198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19199 ;;;;;; 0))
19200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19202 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19203 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19205 \(fn)" t nil)
19207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-")))
19209 ;;;***
19210 \f
19211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19212 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19216 ;;;***
19217 \f
19218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19219 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19222 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-")))
19224 ;;;***
19225 \f
19226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19227 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19229 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
19231 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19232 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19233 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19234 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19236 For instance, the following code
19238 (let-alist alist
19239 (if (and .title .body)
19240 .body
19241 .site
19242 .site.contents))
19244 essentially expands to
19250 (if (and .title .body)
19251 .body
19252 .site
19253 .site.contents))
19255 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19256 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19257 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19258 displayed in the example above.
19260 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19262 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--")))
19266 ;;;***
19267 \f
19268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19269 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19271 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19272 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19273 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19274 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19275 generations (this defaults to 1).
19277 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19281 ;;;***
19282 \f
19283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19284 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19285 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19287 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19288 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19290 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19291 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19293 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19297 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19298 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19299 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19300 for a description of this minor mode.
19301 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19302 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19303 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19305 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19307 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19308 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19309 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19310 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19311 ARG is omitted or nil.
19313 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19314 `linum-on' would do it.
19315 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-")))
19321 ;;;***
19322 \f
19323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19324 ;;;;;; 0))
19325 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19329 ;;;***
19330 \f
19331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19332 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19334 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19335 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19336 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19337 is nil, raise an error.
19339 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19340 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19341 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19342 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19343 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19344 defined by the library.
19346 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19347 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19348 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19349 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19350 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19351 proceeds.
19353 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19354 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19355 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19356 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19358 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("unload-" "loadhist-hook-functions" "read-feature" "feature-" "file-")))
19362 ;;;***
19363 \f
19364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19365 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19367 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19368 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19371 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19373 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19374 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19375 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19376 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19378 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19379 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19380 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19381 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19382 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19383 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19384 the version.)
19386 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19387 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19389 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19390 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19392 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19393 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19395 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19397 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19398 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19399 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19400 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19401 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19402 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19403 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19404 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19405 to constrain a big search.
19407 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19409 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19410 except that FILTER is not optional.
19412 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19416 ;;;***
19417 \f
19418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19419 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19421 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19422 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19423 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19425 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19426 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19427 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19430 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19432 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19433 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19434 associated values:
19435 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19436 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19437 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19438 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19439 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19441 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19442 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19443 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19445 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "vc-log-")))
19449 ;;;***
19450 \f
19451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19452 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19454 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19455 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19457 \(fn)" t nil)
19459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19461 ;;;***
19462 \f
19463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19464 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19466 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19467 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19469 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19472 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19473 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19474 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19476 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19477 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19479 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19484 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19487 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19489 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19490 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19491 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19492 switch on this list.
19493 See `lpr-command'.")
19495 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19497 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19498 Name of program for printing a file.
19500 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19501 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19502 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19503 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19504 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19505 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19506 argument.")
19508 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19510 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19511 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19512 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19513 for customization of the printer command.
19515 \(fn)" t nil)
19517 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19518 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19520 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19521 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19522 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19523 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19525 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19526 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19528 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19529 for further customization of the printer command.
19531 \(fn)" t nil)
19533 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19534 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19535 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19536 for customization of the printer command.
19538 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19540 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19541 Paginate and print the region contents.
19543 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19544 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19545 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19546 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19548 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19549 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19551 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19552 for further customization of the printer command.
19554 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print")))
19558 ;;;***
19559 \f
19560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19561 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19563 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19564 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19565 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19567 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19569 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-")))
19571 ;;;***
19572 \f
19573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19574 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19576 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19577 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19578 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19579 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("lunar-" "diary-lunar-phases" "calendar-lunar-phases")))
19585 ;;;***
19586 \f
19587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19590 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19591 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19593 \(fn)" t nil)
19595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-")))
19597 ;;;***
19598 \f
19599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19600 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19602 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19603 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
19604 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
19605 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
19608 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
19610 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19611 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19612 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19613 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19614 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19616 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19617 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19618 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19619 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19620 bindings.
19622 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19623 use this command, and then save the file.
19625 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19627 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19628 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19629 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19630 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19631 each time the macro executes.
19632 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19640 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19642 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19643 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19644 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19645 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19647 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19648 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19649 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19650 execute.
19652 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19653 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19655 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19656 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19657 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19658 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19661 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19662 looked like this:
19668 You could enter the names in this format:
19670 foo
19671 bar
19672 baz
19674 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19680 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19683 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19684 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19686 ;;;***
19687 \f
19688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19691 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19692 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19693 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19694 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19695 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19696 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19698 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19699 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19700 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19701 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19702 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19704 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19705 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19706 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19707 consing a string.)
19709 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19711 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19712 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19714 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19718 ;;;***
19719 \f
19720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19723 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19724 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19726 \(fn)" nil nil)
19728 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19731 \(fn)" nil nil)
19733 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19734 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19736 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19738 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19739 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19740 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19741 message.
19743 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19745 \(fn)" nil nil)
19747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19749 ;;;***
19750 \f
19751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19756 ;;;***
19757 \f
19758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19759 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-")))
19763 ;;;***
19764 \f
19765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19766 ;;;;;; 0))
19767 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
19769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source")))
19771 ;;;***
19772 \f
19773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
19774 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
19776 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
19777 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
19778 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
19779 often correct parser.")
19781 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
19783 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
19784 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
19785 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
19786 a value which excludes your own email address.
19788 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
19789 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
19791 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
19793 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
19794 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
19796 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
19798 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19800 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
19801 we return it unconverted.
19803 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19804 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19806 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19808 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19810 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19811 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19813 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
19815 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19817 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19818 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19820 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19822 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19824 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19825 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19826 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
19827 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
19828 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
19829 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
19830 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
19831 as Rmail does.
19833 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
19835 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
19836 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
19837 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
19838 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
19839 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
19840 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
19841 matches may be returned from the message body.
19843 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
19845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
19847 ;;;***
19848 \f
19849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
19850 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
19852 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
19853 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
19854 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
19855 for a description of this minor mode.
19856 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19857 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19858 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
19860 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
19862 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
19863 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
19864 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
19865 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
19866 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
19868 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
19869 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
19870 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
19871 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19875 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
19876 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
19878 \(fn)" nil nil)
19880 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
19881 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
19882 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19884 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
19886 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
19887 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
19888 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
19890 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
19891 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
19892 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
19893 double-quotes.
19895 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("merge-mail-abbrevs" "mail-" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs")))
19899 ;;;***
19900 \f
19901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
19902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
19904 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
19906 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
19907 king@grassland.com
19908 If `parens', they look like:
19909 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19910 If `angles', they look like:
19911 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
19913 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
19915 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
19916 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
19917 If interactive, expand in header fields.
19918 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
19919 their `Resent-' variants.
19921 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
19922 removed from alias expansions.
19924 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
19926 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
19927 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
19928 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
19930 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
19931 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
19932 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
19933 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
19935 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19937 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
19938 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
19939 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
19941 \(fn)" nil nil)
19943 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
19944 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
19945 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
19946 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
19948 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19950 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
19952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("mail-" "build-mail-aliases")))
19954 ;;;***
19955 \f
19956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
19959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-")))
19961 ;;;***
19962 \f
19963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
19964 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
19966 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
19967 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
19968 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
19969 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
19971 \(fn)" nil nil)
19973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-")))
19975 ;;;***
19976 \f
19977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
19978 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
19980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header")))
19982 ;;;***
19983 \f
19984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
19985 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
19987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
19989 ;;;***
19990 \f
19991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
19992 ;;;;;; 0))
19993 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
19995 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
19996 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
19998 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
19999 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
20000 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
20001 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
20002 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
20003 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
20005 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
20006 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
20007 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
20008 dependency, despite the colon.
20012 In the browser, use the following keys:
20016 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
20018 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
20019 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
20021 `makefile-target-colon':
20022 The string that gets appended to all target names
20023 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
20026 `makefile-macro-assign':
20027 The string that gets appended to all macro names
20028 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
20030 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
20031 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
20034 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
20035 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
20036 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
20038 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
20039 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
20041 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
20042 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
20043 up or down in the browser.
20045 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
20046 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
20048 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
20049 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
20051 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
20052 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
20053 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
20054 has been selected in the browser.
20056 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
20057 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
20058 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
20059 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
20060 filenames are omitted.
20062 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
20063 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
20064 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20065 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20066 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20067 the backslash itself intact.
20068 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20071 `makefile-browser-hook':
20072 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20073 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20075 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20076 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20077 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20078 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20080 \(fn)" t nil)
20082 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20083 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20085 \(fn)" t nil)
20087 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20088 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20090 \(fn)" t nil)
20092 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20093 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20095 \(fn)" t nil)
20097 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20098 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20100 \(fn)" t nil)
20102 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20103 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20105 \(fn)" t nil)
20107 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20109 ;;;***
20110 \f
20111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20112 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20114 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20116 ;;;***
20117 \f
20118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20119 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20121 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20122 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20123 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20125 \(fn)" t nil)
20127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20129 ;;;***
20130 \f
20131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20132 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20134 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20136 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20137 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20138 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20139 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20140 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20141 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20142 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20143 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20144 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20145 without running the man command.
20147 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20151 cat(1)
20152 1 cat
20154 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20156 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20157 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20159 -a chmod
20161 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20162 otherwise look like a page name.
20164 /my/file/name.1.gz
20165 -l somefile.1
20168 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20171 -k pattern
20173 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20175 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20176 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20178 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20180 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20181 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20183 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20185 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "man")))
20187 ;;;***
20188 \f
20189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20192 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-")))
20194 ;;;***
20195 \f
20196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20197 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20198 (push (purecopy '(map 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map")))
20202 ;;;***
20203 \f
20204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20205 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20206 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20208 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20209 Toggle Master mode.
20210 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20211 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20212 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20214 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20215 using the following commands:
20219 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20220 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20221 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-")))
20227 ;;;***
20228 \f
20229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20230 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20232 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20233 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20234 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20235 for a description of this minor mode.
20236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20237 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20238 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20240 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20242 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20243 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20244 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20245 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20246 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20248 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20249 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20250 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20251 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-")))
20257 ;;;***
20258 \f
20259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20260 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20261 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4")))
20265 ;;;***
20266 \f
20267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20270 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20272 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20273 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20275 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20276 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20277 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20278 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20279 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20280 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20281 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20282 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20284 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20285 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20286 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20287 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20289 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20290 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20291 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20292 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20293 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20294 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20295 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20296 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20297 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20298 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20299 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20300 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20301 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20302 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20303 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20304 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20305 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20306 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20307 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20308 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20309 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20311 \(fn)" t nil)
20313 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20314 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20315 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20316 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20317 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20319 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20321 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20322 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20324 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20326 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20327 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20329 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20331 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20334 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20336 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20337 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20338 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20340 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20342 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20343 Cancel an article you posted.
20344 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20348 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20349 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20350 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20351 header line with the old Message-ID.
20353 \(fn)" t nil)
20355 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20356 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20358 \(fn)" t nil)
20360 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20361 Forward the current message via mail.
20362 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20363 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20365 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20367 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20370 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20372 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20375 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20377 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20378 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20380 \(fn)" t nil)
20382 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20383 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20385 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20387 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20388 Re-mail the current message.
20389 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20390 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20391 you.
20393 \(fn)" t nil)
20395 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20396 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20398 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20400 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20401 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20403 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20405 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20406 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20408 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20410 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20411 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20413 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20415 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20416 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20417 Works by overstriking characters.
20418 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20419 which specify the range to operate on.
20421 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20423 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20424 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20425 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20426 which specify the range to operate on.
20428 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil")))
20432 ;;;***
20433 \f
20434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20435 ;;;;;; 0))
20436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20437 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20439 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20440 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20442 \(fn)" t nil)
20444 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20445 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20447 \(fn)" t nil)
20449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("meta" "font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next")))
20451 ;;;***
20452 \f
20453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20454 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20456 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20457 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20458 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20460 \(fn)" t nil)
20462 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20463 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20464 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20465 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20466 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20467 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20468 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20470 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20472 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20473 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20474 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20475 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20476 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20477 means current).
20478 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20479 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20481 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20483 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20484 Process current region through `metamail'.
20485 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20486 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20487 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20488 means current).
20489 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20490 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20492 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-")))
20496 ;;;***
20497 \f
20498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20499 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("mh-" "with-mh-folder-updating" "def")))
20503 ;;;***
20504 \f
20505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20506 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-")))
20510 ;;;***
20511 \f
20512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20513 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20517 ;;;***
20518 \f
20519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20520 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20522 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20523 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20524 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20526 \(fn)" t nil)
20528 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20529 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20530 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20532 \(fn)" t nil)
20534 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20535 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20537 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20538 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20541 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20542 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20544 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20545 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20547 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20549 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20551 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20552 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20553 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20554 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20555 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20556 as `compose-mail'.
20558 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20559 initial Subject field, respectively.
20561 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20562 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20563 are strings.
20565 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20566 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20568 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20570 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20571 Save draft and send message.
20573 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20574 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20578 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20579 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20580 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20582 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20583 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20584 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20585 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20586 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20587 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20590 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20592 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20593 message and scan line.
20595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20597 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20598 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20600 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20601 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20603 delete the draft message.
20605 \(fn)" t nil)
20607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20609 ;;;***
20610 \f
20611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20616 ;;;***
20617 \f
20618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20619 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20620 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20622 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20624 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20626 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20628 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20629 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20631 \(fn)" t nil)
20633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("mh-" "def")))
20635 ;;;***
20636 \f
20637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20638 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20640 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20641 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20642 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20644 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20645 the MH mail system.
20647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20649 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20650 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20651 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20653 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20654 the MH mail system.
20656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20658 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20661 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20662 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20663 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20664 separate command.
20666 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20668 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20669 format.
20671 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20673 Ranges
20674 ======
20675 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20676 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20677 can be used in several ways.
20680 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20681 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20682 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20683 page):
20685 <num1>-<num2>
20686 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20687 The range must be nonempty.
20689 <num>:N
20690 <num>:+N
20691 <num>:-N
20692 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20693 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20694 last.
20696 first:N
20697 prev:N
20698 next:N
20699 last:N
20700 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20702 all
20703 All of the messages.
20705 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20706 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20708 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20709 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20710 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20714 \(fn)" t nil)
20716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20718 ;;;***
20719 \f
20720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20725 ;;;***
20726 \f
20727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20728 ;;;;;; 0))
20729 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-")))
20733 ;;;***
20734 \f
20735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20736 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-")))
20740 ;;;***
20741 \f
20742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20743 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20747 ;;;***
20748 \f
20749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20750 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20754 ;;;***
20755 \f
20756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20757 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20761 ;;;***
20762 \f
20763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
20768 ;;;***
20769 \f
20770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
20771 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
20773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-p")))
20775 ;;;***
20776 \f
20777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
20778 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
20780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
20782 ;;;***
20783 \f
20784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
20785 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
20787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
20789 ;;;***
20790 \f
20791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
20792 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
20794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
20796 ;;;***
20797 \f
20798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
20799 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
20801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
20803 ;;;***
20804 \f
20805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
20806 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
20808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
20810 ;;;***
20811 \f
20812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
20813 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
20815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-")))
20817 ;;;***
20818 \f
20819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
20820 ;;;;;; 0))
20821 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
20823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
20825 ;;;***
20826 \f
20827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
20828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
20830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
20832 ;;;***
20833 \f
20834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
20835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
20837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
20839 ;;;***
20840 \f
20841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
20842 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
20844 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
20845 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
20846 See the `midnight-mode' command
20847 for a description of this minor mode.
20848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20850 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
20852 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
20854 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
20855 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
20857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20859 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
20860 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
20861 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
20862 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
20863 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
20864 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
20865 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
20866 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
20867 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
20868 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
20871 \(fn)" t nil)
20873 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
20874 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
20875 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
20876 to its second argument TM.
20878 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
20880 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("midnight-" "clean-buffer-list-")))
20882 ;;;***
20883 \f
20884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
20885 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
20887 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
20888 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
20889 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
20890 for a description of this minor mode.
20891 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20892 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20893 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
20895 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
20897 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
20898 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
20899 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
20900 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20901 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20903 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
20904 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
20905 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
20906 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
20907 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
20908 is modified to remove the default indication.
20910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf")))
20914 ;;;***
20915 \f
20916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20917 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
20919 (autoload 'copy-from-above-command "misc" "\
20920 Copy characters from previous nonblank line, starting just above point.
20921 Copy ARG characters, but not past the end of that line.
20922 If no argument given, copy the entire rest of the line.
20923 The characters copied are inserted in the buffer before point.
20925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20927 (autoload 'zap-up-to-char "misc" "\
20928 Kill up to, but not including ARGth occurrence of CHAR.
20929 Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
20930 Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found.
20931 Ignores CHAR at point.
20933 \(fn ARG CHAR)" t nil)
20935 (autoload 'mark-beginning-of-buffer "misc" "\
20936 Set mark at the beginning of the buffer.
20938 \(fn)" t nil)
20940 (autoload 'mark-end-of-buffer "misc" "\
20941 Set mark at the end of the buffer.
20943 \(fn)" t nil)
20945 (autoload 'upcase-char "misc" "\
20946 Uppercasify ARG chars starting from point. Point doesn't move.
20948 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20950 (autoload 'forward-to-word "misc" "\
20951 Move forward until encountering the beginning of a word.
20952 With argument, do this that many times.
20954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20956 (autoload 'backward-to-word "misc" "\
20957 Move backward until encountering the end of a word.
20958 With argument, do this that many times.
20960 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20962 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
20963 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
20964 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
20965 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
20966 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
20967 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
20968 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
20969 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
20970 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
20972 \(fn)" t nil)
20974 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
20975 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
20976 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
20977 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
20978 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
20979 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
20981 The return value is always nil.
20983 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
20985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("list-dynamic-libraries--")))
20987 ;;;***
20988 \f
20989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
20990 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
20991 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
20993 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
20994 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
20996 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
20997 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
20998 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
20999 next occurrence.
21001 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
21002 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
21003 end of the search space).
21005 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
21006 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
21007 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
21008 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
21009 should return the previous buffer to search.
21011 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
21012 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
21013 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
21015 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
21016 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
21017 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
21018 Isearch starts.")
21020 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
21021 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
21022 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
21024 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
21025 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
21026 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
21028 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
21029 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
21031 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
21032 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
21033 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
21035 \(fn)" nil nil)
21037 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
21038 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21039 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21040 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21041 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21042 whose names match the specified regexp.
21044 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21046 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
21047 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21048 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21049 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21050 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21051 whose names match the specified regexp.
21053 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21055 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
21056 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
21057 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21058 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21059 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21060 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21061 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21063 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21065 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
21066 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
21067 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21068 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21069 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21070 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21071 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21073 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("multi-isearch-" "misearch-unload-function")))
21077 ;;;***
21078 \f
21079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
21080 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
21082 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21084 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
21085 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
21087 \(fn)" t nil)
21089 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
21091 ;;;***
21092 \f
21093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
21094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
21096 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-")))
21098 ;;;***
21099 \f
21100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21103 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-")))
21105 ;;;***
21106 \f
21107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21108 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21110 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21112 ;;;***
21113 \f
21114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21117 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21118 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21120 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21122 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21124 ;;;***
21125 \f
21126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21129 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21130 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21132 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21134 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21135 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21136 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21137 the entire message.
21138 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21140 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21144 ;;;***
21145 \f
21146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21149 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21150 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21151 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21152 the entire message.
21153 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21155 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21159 ;;;***
21160 \f
21161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21164 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21165 Insert file contents of URL.
21166 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21168 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21170 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21171 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21173 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21175 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21177 ;;;***
21178 \f
21179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21182 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21184 ;;;***
21185 \f
21186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21187 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21189 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21190 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21191 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21192 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21193 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21195 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21197 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21198 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21199 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21201 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21203 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-")))
21205 ;;;***
21206 \f
21207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21210 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21212 ;;;***
21213 \f
21214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21217 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21218 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21220 \(fn)" nil nil)
21222 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21223 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21224 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21228 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21230 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21231 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21235 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21237 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mime-to-mml" "mml-")))
21239 ;;;***
21240 \f
21241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21242 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21244 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21246 ;;;***
21247 \f
21248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21251 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21253 ;;;***
21254 \f
21255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21258 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21261 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21263 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21266 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21270 ;;;***
21271 \f
21272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21275 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21278 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21280 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21283 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21285 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21288 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21290 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21293 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21295 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21298 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21300 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21303 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21305 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21308 \(fn)" nil nil)
21310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21312 ;;;***
21313 \f
21314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21315 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21317 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("make-obsolete-overload" "mode-local-" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "def" "describe-mode-local-" "xref-mode-local-" "overload-" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p" "set" "with-mode-local" "activate-mode-local-bindings" "new-mode-local-bindings" "get-mode-local-parent")))
21321 ;;;***
21322 \f
21323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21326 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21328 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21329 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21330 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21331 followed by the first character of the construct.
21348 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21349 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21350 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m3-font-lock-keywords" "m2-")))
21356 ;;;***
21357 \f
21358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21359 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21361 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21362 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21364 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21366 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21367 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21369 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21371 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21372 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21374 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21376 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21377 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21379 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("nato-alphabet" "morse-code")))
21383 ;;;***
21384 \f
21385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21386 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-")))
21390 ;;;***
21391 \f
21392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21393 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21395 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21399 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21400 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21402 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21403 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21404 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21407 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21409 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21410 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21411 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21412 hemisphere you're in.)
21414 To test this function, evaluate:
21417 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21419 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21422 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21425 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21426 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21427 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21430 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21432 To test this function, evaluate:
21435 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-")))
21439 ;;;***
21440 \f
21441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21442 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21444 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21445 Main entry point for MPC.
21447 \(fn)" t nil)
21449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21451 ;;;***
21452 \f
21453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21454 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21456 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21457 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21459 \(fn)" t nil)
21461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21463 ;;;***
21464 \f
21465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21466 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21468 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21469 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21470 See the `msb-mode' command
21471 for a description of this minor mode.
21472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21474 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21476 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21478 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21479 Toggle Msb mode.
21480 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21481 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21482 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21484 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21485 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21491 ;;;***
21492 \f
21493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21498 ;;;***
21499 \f
21500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21501 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21502 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21504 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21505 Display a list of all character sets.
21507 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21508 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21509 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21510 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21511 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21513 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21514 but still shows the full information.
21516 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21518 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21519 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21520 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21522 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21523 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21524 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21525 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21526 meanings of these arguments.
21528 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21530 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21531 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21533 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21535 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21536 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21538 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21540 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21541 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21543 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21545 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21546 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21549 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21550 in place of `..':
21551 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21552 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21553 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21554 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21555 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21556 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21557 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21558 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21559 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21560 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21561 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21562 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21563 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21564 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21565 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21566 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21568 \(fn)" t nil)
21570 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21571 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21573 \(fn)" t nil)
21575 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21576 Display a list of all coding systems.
21577 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21579 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21580 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21584 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21585 Display a list of all coding categories.
21587 \(fn)" nil nil)
21589 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21590 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21591 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21593 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21595 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21596 Display information about FONTSET.
21597 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21599 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21601 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21602 Display a list of all fontsets.
21603 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21604 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21605 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21607 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21609 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21610 Display information about all input methods.
21612 \(fn)" t nil)
21614 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21615 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21617 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21618 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21619 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21620 system which uses fontsets).
21622 \(fn)" t nil)
21624 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21625 Show log of font listing and opening.
21626 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21627 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21629 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21631 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("insert-section" "list-" "print-" "describe-font-internal" "charset-history" "non-iso-charset-alist" "sort-listed-character-sets")))
21633 ;;;***
21634 \f
21635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21636 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21637 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21639 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
21640 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
21642 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
21643 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
21645 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21646 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21648 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21650 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21651 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21652 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21653 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21654 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21655 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21656 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21658 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21659 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21660 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21661 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21662 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21663 middle of a character in STR.
21665 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21666 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21668 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21669 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21670 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21671 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21672 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21674 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21676 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21677 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21679 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21680 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21681 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21683 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21684 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21685 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21687 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21688 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21689 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21690 are considered.
21691 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21692 longer than KEYSEQ.
21693 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21695 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21697 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21698 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21699 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21700 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21701 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21702 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21703 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21704 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21705 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21706 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21707 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21709 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21711 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21712 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21714 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21716 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21717 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21719 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21721 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21722 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21724 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21726 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21727 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21729 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21731 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21732 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21733 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21734 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21735 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21737 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21738 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21740 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21741 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21742 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21743 coding systems ordered by priority.
21745 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21747 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21749 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21750 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21751 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21752 language environment LANG-ENV.
21754 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
21756 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
21757 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
21758 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
21759 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
21760 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
21761 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
21763 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
21765 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
21766 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
21767 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
21768 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21769 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21770 QUALITY can be:
21771 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21772 excessive work.
21773 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21774 part of the file/buffer.
21775 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21777 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21779 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
21780 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
21781 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
21782 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21783 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21784 QUALITY can be:
21785 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21786 excessive work.
21787 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21788 part of the file/buffer.
21789 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21791 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("filepos-to-bufferpos--dos" "truncate-string-ellipsis")))
21795 ;;;***
21796 \f
21797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
21798 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
21800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mouse-wheel-" "mwheel-")))
21802 ;;;***
21803 \f
21804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
21807 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
21808 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
21810 \(fn)" t nil)
21812 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
21813 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
21815 \(fn)" t nil)
21817 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
21818 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
21820 \(fn)" t nil)
21822 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
21823 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
21825 \(fn)" t nil)
21827 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
21828 Run route and display diagnostic output.
21830 \(fn)" t nil)
21832 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
21833 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
21835 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
21837 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
21838 Ping HOST.
21839 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
21840 `ping-program-options'.
21842 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21844 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
21845 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
21847 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21849 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
21850 Run nslookup program.
21852 \(fn)" t nil)
21854 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
21855 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
21857 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
21860 Run dig program.
21862 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21864 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
21865 Run ftp program.
21867 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21869 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
21870 Finger USER on HOST.
21872 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
21874 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
21875 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
21876 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
21877 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
21879 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
21881 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
21884 \(fn)" t nil)
21886 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
21887 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
21889 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
21891 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
21892 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
21894 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
21896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("nslookup-" "net" "whois-" "ftp-" "finger-X.500-host-regexps" "route-program" "run-network-program" "smbclient" "ifconfig-program" "iwconfig-program" "ipconfig" "dig-program" "dns-lookup-program" "arp-program" "ping-program" "traceroute-program")))
21898 ;;;***
21899 \f
21900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
21903 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
21904 Return a user name/password pair.
21905 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
21906 listed in the PORTS list.
21908 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
21910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
21912 ;;;***
21913 \f
21914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
21915 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21916 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
21918 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
21919 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
21920 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
21921 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
21922 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
21923 closes it.
21925 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
21926 make it unique.
21927 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
21928 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
21929 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
21930 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
21931 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
21932 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
21934 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
21935 values:
21937 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
21938 nil or `network'
21939 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
21940 the parameters :success and :capability-command
21941 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
21942 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
21943 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
21944 an unencrypted connection.
21945 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
21946 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
21947 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
21948 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
21949 returned object is a killed process.
21950 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
21951 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
21952 `shell' -- A shell connection.
21954 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
21955 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
21956 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
21957 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
21958 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
21959 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
21960 or nil if none could be found.
21961 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
21962 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
21964 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
21966 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
21967 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
21968 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
21970 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
21971 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
21974 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
21975 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
21978 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
21979 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
21980 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
21981 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
21983 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
21984 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
21986 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
21987 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
21988 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
21989 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
21990 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
21991 or STARTTLS connections.
21993 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
21994 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
21996 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
21997 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
21999 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
22000 a greeting from the server.
22002 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
22003 asynchronously, if possible.
22005 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
22006 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
22007 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
22008 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
22009 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
22011 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
22013 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
22015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-")))
22017 ;;;***
22018 \f
22019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
22020 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22021 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
22023 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
22024 Check whether newsticker is running.
22025 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22026 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
22028 \(fn)" nil nil)
22030 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
22031 Start the newsticker.
22032 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
22033 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
22034 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
22035 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
22037 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
22039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker-")))
22041 ;;;***
22042 \f
22043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
22044 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22045 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
22047 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
22048 Start newsticker plainview.
22050 \(fn)" t nil)
22052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-")))
22054 ;;;***
22055 \f
22056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
22057 ;;;;;; 0))
22058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
22060 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
22061 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
22063 \(fn)" t nil)
22065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-")))
22067 ;;;***
22068 \f
22069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
22070 ;;;;;; 0))
22071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
22073 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
22074 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
22075 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22076 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
22077 empty.
22079 \(fn)" nil nil)
22081 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
22082 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
22083 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
22084 running already.
22086 \(fn)" t nil)
22088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker-")))
22090 ;;;***
22091 \f
22092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
22093 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
22096 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
22097 Start newsticker treeview.
22099 \(fn)" t nil)
22101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-")))
22103 ;;;***
22104 \f
22105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22106 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22108 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22110 ;;;***
22111 \f
22112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22115 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22117 ;;;***
22118 \f
22119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22122 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22124 ;;;***
22125 \f
22126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22129 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22130 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22132 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22136 ;;;***
22137 \f
22138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22141 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22143 ;;;***
22144 \f
22145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22148 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22149 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22150 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22151 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22152 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22153 symbol in the alist.
22155 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22159 ;;;***
22160 \f
22161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22166 ;;;***
22167 \f
22168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22173 ;;;***
22174 \f
22175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22178 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22179 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22180 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22182 \(fn)" t nil)
22184 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22186 ;;;***
22187 \f
22188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22189 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22193 ;;;***
22194 \f
22195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("nntp-" "nnheader-" "mail-header-" "make-" "gnus-")))
22200 ;;;***
22201 \f
22202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap")))
22207 ;;;***
22208 \f
22209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("nnir-" "gnus-")))
22214 ;;;***
22215 \f
22216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22221 ;;;***
22222 \f
22223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22224 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir-")))
22228 ;;;***
22229 \f
22230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22235 ;;;***
22236 \f
22237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22240 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22242 ;;;***
22243 \f
22244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22247 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22249 ;;;***
22250 \f
22251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22254 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22255 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22257 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22259 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22261 ;;;***
22262 \f
22263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22268 ;;;***
22269 \f
22270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22273 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("nnoo-" "def")))
22275 ;;;***
22276 \f
22277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22278 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22280 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22282 ;;;***
22283 \f
22284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22289 ;;;***
22290 \f
22291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("news-inews-program" "nnspool-")))
22296 ;;;***
22297 \f
22298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22301 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-")))
22303 ;;;***
22304 \f
22305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22308 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22310 ;;;***
22311 \f
22312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22315 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22317 ;;;***
22318 \f
22319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22320 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22324 ;;;***
22325 \f
22326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22327 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22329 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
22331 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22332 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22333 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22335 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22338 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22340 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22341 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22342 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22343 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22344 to future sessions.
22346 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22348 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22349 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22350 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22351 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22352 future sessions.
22354 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22356 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22358 ;;;***
22359 \f
22360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22361 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22362 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22364 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22365 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22367 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22368 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22369 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22371 \(fn)" t nil)
22373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22375 ;;;***
22376 \f
22377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22378 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22380 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("network-security-level" "nsm-")))
22382 ;;;***
22383 \f
22384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22386 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22390 ;;;***
22391 \f
22392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22393 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22397 ;;;***
22398 \f
22399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22400 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22404 ;;;***
22405 \f
22406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22407 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22409 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22410 Major mode for editing XML.
22413 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22414 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22416 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22417 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22418 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22423 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22425 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22426 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22427 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22428 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22429 instead of C-c.
22431 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22432 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22433 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22434 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22436 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22439 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22440 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22443 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22446 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22451 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
22452 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
22453 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
22454 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22456 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22458 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22461 \(fn)" t nil)
22462 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22466 ;;;***
22467 \f
22468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22469 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22471 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22473 ;;;***
22474 \f
22475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22476 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22480 ;;;***
22481 \f
22482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22483 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22485 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-")))
22487 ;;;***
22488 \f
22489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22490 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22494 ;;;***
22495 \f
22496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22497 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22501 ;;;***
22502 \f
22503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22504 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22508 ;;;***
22509 \f
22510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22511 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("org-babel-")))
22515 ;;;***
22516 \f
22517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22518 ;;;;;; 0))
22519 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-")))
22523 ;;;***
22524 \f
22525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22526 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-")))
22530 ;;;***
22531 \f
22532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22533 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-")))
22537 ;;;***
22538 \f
22539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22540 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-")))
22544 ;;;***
22545 \f
22546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22547 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22551 ;;;***
22552 \f
22553 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22554 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22555 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-")))
22559 ;;;***
22560 \f
22561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22562 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-")))
22566 ;;;***
22567 \f
22568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-")))
22573 ;;;***
22574 \f
22575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22576 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-")))
22580 ;;;***
22581 \f
22582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22583 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22584 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22588 ;;;***
22589 \f
22590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22591 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-")))
22595 ;;;***
22596 \f
22597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22598 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22600 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-")))
22602 ;;;***
22603 \f
22604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22605 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22609 ;;;***
22610 \f
22611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22612 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("org-babel-" "*org-babel-gnuplot-")))
22616 ;;;***
22617 \f
22618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22619 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22623 ;;;***
22624 \f
22625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22626 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-")))
22630 ;;;***
22631 \f
22632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22633 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-")))
22637 ;;;***
22638 \f
22639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22640 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-")))
22644 ;;;***
22645 \f
22646 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22647 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22648 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-")))
22652 ;;;***
22653 \f
22654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22655 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-" "convert-pdf")))
22659 ;;;***
22660 \f
22661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22662 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-")))
22666 ;;;***
22667 \f
22668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("org-babel-" "lilypond-mode")))
22673 ;;;***
22674 \f
22675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22676 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22680 ;;;***
22681 \f
22682 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22683 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22684 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
22686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-")))
22688 ;;;***
22689 \f
22690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
22691 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
22693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-")))
22695 ;;;***
22696 \f
22697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
22698 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
22700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-")))
22702 ;;;***
22703 \f
22704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22705 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
22707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-")))
22709 ;;;***
22710 \f
22711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22712 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
22714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-")))
22716 ;;;***
22717 \f
22718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22719 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
22721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
22723 ;;;***
22724 \f
22725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22726 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
22728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-")))
22730 ;;;***
22731 \f
22732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22733 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
22735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
22737 ;;;***
22738 \f
22739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22740 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
22742 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-")))
22744 ;;;***
22745 \f
22746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22747 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
22749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-")))
22751 ;;;***
22752 \f
22753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
22754 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
22756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
22758 ;;;***
22759 \f
22760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
22761 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
22763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-")))
22765 ;;;***
22766 \f
22767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
22768 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
22770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
22772 ;;;***
22773 \f
22774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
22775 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
22777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-")))
22779 ;;;***
22780 \f
22781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scala" "org/ob-scala.el" (0 0 0 0))
22782 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scala.el
22784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scala" '("org-babel-")))
22786 ;;;***
22787 \f
22788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
22789 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
22791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-")))
22793 ;;;***
22794 \f
22795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22796 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
22798 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-")))
22800 ;;;***
22801 \f
22802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sh" "org/ob-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22803 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sh.el
22805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sh" '("org-babel-")))
22807 ;;;***
22808 \f
22809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22810 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
22812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-")))
22814 ;;;***
22815 \f
22816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
22817 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
22819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-" "dbstring-mysql")))
22821 ;;;***
22822 \f
22823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
22824 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
22826 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
22828 ;;;***
22829 \f
22830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
22831 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
22833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-")))
22835 ;;;***
22836 \f
22837 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
22838 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22839 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
22841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
22843 ;;;***
22844 \f
22845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
22848 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
22849 Major mode for editing Octave code.
22851 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
22852 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
22853 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
22854 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
22856 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
22858 Key bindings:
22861 \(fn)" t nil)
22863 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
22864 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
22865 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
22867 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
22869 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
22870 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
22872 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
22873 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
22874 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
22876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22878 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
22880 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("octave-" "inferior-octave-")))
22882 ;;;***
22883 \f
22884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
22885 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
22887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
22889 ;;;***
22890 \f
22891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
22892 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
22894 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
22896 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
22904 Customization:
22906 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
22907 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
22908 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
22909 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
22910 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
22911 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
22912 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
22913 Directories to search when finding external units.
22914 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
22915 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
22917 Coloring:
22919 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
22920 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
22922 \(fn)" t nil)
22924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-")))
22926 ;;;***
22927 \f
22928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22929 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
22931 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
22932 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
22934 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
22936 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
22937 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
22938 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
22939 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
22940 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
22941 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
22943 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
22945 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
22946 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
22947 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
22948 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
22949 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
22951 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
22953 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
22954 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
22956 \(fn)" nil nil)
22958 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
22959 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
22961 \(fn)" nil nil)
22963 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
22964 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
22967 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
22968 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
22969 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
22970 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
22971 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
22972 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
22973 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
22974 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
22975 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
22976 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
22978 The following commands are available:
22982 \(fn)" t nil)
22984 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
22985 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
22987 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
22988 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
22989 in special contexts.
22991 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
22992 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
22993 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
22994 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
22995 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
22996 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
22997 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
22998 properties in the buffer.
22999 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
23000 including any drawers.
23002 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
23004 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
23005 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
23006 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
23007 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
23008 From this state, you can move to one of the children
23009 and zoom in further.
23010 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
23011 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
23013 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
23014 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
23015 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
23016 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
23017 times right after creating a new headline.
23019 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
23020 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
23021 is negative, go up that many levels.
23023 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
23024 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
23025 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
23027 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
23028 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
23029 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
23030 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
23032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23034 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
23035 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
23037 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
23039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23040 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23042 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
23043 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
23044 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
23045 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
23046 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
23047 defined by Org-mode).
23049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23051 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
23052 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
23054 \(fn)" nil nil)
23056 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
23057 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
23059 \(fn)" nil nil)
23061 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
23062 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
23063 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
23064 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
23065 call CMD.
23067 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
23069 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
23071 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
23074 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
23075 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
23076 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
23078 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
23079 part of Org's core.
23081 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
23082 active region.
23084 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23086 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
23087 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
23088 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
23090 \(fn)" t nil)
23092 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
23093 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
23094 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
23095 Org-mode syntax.
23097 \(fn)" t nil)
23099 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
23100 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
23102 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23104 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23105 Switch between Org buffers.
23106 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
23107 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23109 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
23110 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
23112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23114 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
23116 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
23118 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23119 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23120 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23121 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23123 \(fn)" t nil)
23125 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23126 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
23128 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23130 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23131 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23132 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
23134 \(fn)" t nil)
23136 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23137 Reload all org lisp files.
23138 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23140 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23142 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23143 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23145 \(fn)" t nil)
23147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23149 ;;;***
23150 \f
23151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23152 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23154 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23155 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23159 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23160 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23161 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23162 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23164 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23165 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23166 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23167 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23168 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23169 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23170 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23171 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
23172 e Export views to associated files.
23173 s Search entries for keywords.
23174 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23175 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23176 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23177 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23178 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23179 > Remove a previous restriction.
23182 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23184 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23185 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23186 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23188 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
23189 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23191 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23192 \(if active).
23194 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23196 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23197 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23198 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23199 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23200 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23201 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23202 before running the agenda command.
23204 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23206 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23207 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23208 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23209 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23210 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23211 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23212 before running the agenda command.
23214 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23215 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23217 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23219 category The category of the item
23220 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23221 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23222 todo selected in TODO match
23223 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23224 diary imported from diary
23225 deadline a deadline on given date
23226 scheduled scheduled on given date
23227 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23228 closed entry was closed on given date
23229 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23230 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23231 block entry has date block including g. date
23232 todo The todo keyword, if any
23233 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23234 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23235 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23236 extra Sting with extra planning info
23237 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23238 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23239 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23241 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23243 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23244 Store agenda views.
23246 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23248 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23249 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23251 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23253 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23254 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23255 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23256 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23258 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23259 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23260 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23262 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23263 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23265 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23266 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23268 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23270 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23271 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23273 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23274 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23275 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23276 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23277 EDIT-AT.
23279 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23280 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23281 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23282 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23283 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23286 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23287 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23288 including newlines.
23290 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23291 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23292 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23293 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23294 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23295 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23296 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23298 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23300 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23301 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23303 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23304 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23305 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23306 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23307 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23308 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23309 Boolean search must match as full words.
23311 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
23312 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23314 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23316 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23317 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23318 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23320 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23321 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23325 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23326 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23327 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23329 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23331 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23332 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23333 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23334 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23335 `org-stuck-projects'.
23337 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23339 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23340 Return diary information from org files.
23342 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23343 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23344 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23345 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23347 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23349 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23351 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23352 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23354 &%%(org-diary)
23356 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23357 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23358 So the example above may also be written as
23360 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23362 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23363 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23364 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23366 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23368 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23369 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23371 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23373 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23374 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23375 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
23376 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
23377 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23379 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23381 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23382 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23383 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23385 \(fn)" t nil)
23387 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23388 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23390 appointments.
23392 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23393 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23395 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23396 for filtering entries out.
23398 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23399 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23400 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23402 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23403 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23408 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23411 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23412 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23413 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23414 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23415 details and examples.
23417 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23418 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23420 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23424 ;;;***
23425 \f
23426 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23427 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
23428 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-")))
23432 ;;;***
23433 \f
23434 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23435 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23436 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23440 ;;;***
23441 \f
23442 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23443 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23444 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23448 ;;;***
23449 \f
23450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23451 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-")))
23455 ;;;***
23456 \f
23457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23458 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23460 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23461 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23463 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23465 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23466 Capture something.
23468 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
23469 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
23470 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
23472 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23475 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
23476 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
23477 stored.
23479 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23481 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23482 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23483 will be bypassed.
23485 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23486 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23487 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23488 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23490 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23492 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23493 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23495 \(fn)" t nil)
23497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-")))
23499 ;;;***
23500 \f
23501 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23502 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23503 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23507 ;;;***
23508 \f
23509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23510 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23512 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23513 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23515 \(fn)" t nil)
23517 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23520 \(fn)" nil nil)
23522 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23523 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
23524 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23526 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23528 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23529 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
23531 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23533 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
23534 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
23536 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
23538 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23539 Write the column view table.
23540 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23542 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
23543 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23544 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23545 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23546 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23548 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23549 using `org-id-find'.
23550 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23551 a hline before each level <= that number.
23552 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23553 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23554 :skip-empty-rows
23555 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23556 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23558 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23560 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
23561 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23563 \(fn)" t nil)
23565 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23566 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23568 \(fn)" t nil)
23570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23572 ;;;***
23573 \f
23574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23575 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23577 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23578 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23580 \(fn)" nil t)
23582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23584 ;;;***
23585 \f
23586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23587 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-")))
23591 ;;;***
23592 \f
23593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23594 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-" "y-or-n-minibuffer")))
23598 ;;;***
23599 \f
23600 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23601 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (0 0 0 0))
23602 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23606 ;;;***
23607 \f
23608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23609 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23611 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-")))
23613 ;;;***
23614 \f
23615 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
23616 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (0 0 0 0))
23617 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
23619 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-")))
23621 ;;;***
23622 \f
23623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
23624 ;;;;;; 0))
23625 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
23627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("replace-amp" "org-entit")))
23629 ;;;***
23630 \f
23631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23632 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
23634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-")))
23636 ;;;***
23637 \f
23638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
23639 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
23641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
23643 ;;;***
23644 \f
23645 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
23646 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23647 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
23649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
23651 ;;;***
23652 \f
23653 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
23654 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
23655 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
23657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
23659 ;;;***
23660 \f
23661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
23662 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
23664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
23666 ;;;***
23667 \f
23668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
23669 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
23671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-")))
23673 ;;;***
23674 \f
23675 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
23676 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23677 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
23679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
23681 ;;;***
23682 \f
23683 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
23684 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23685 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
23687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-")))
23689 ;;;***
23690 \f
23691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
23692 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
23694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-")))
23696 ;;;***
23697 \f
23698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
23699 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
23700 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
23702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
23704 ;;;***
23705 \f
23706 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
23707 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23708 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
23710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
23712 ;;;***
23713 \f
23714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
23715 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
23717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
23719 ;;;***
23720 \f
23721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
23722 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
23724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-")))
23726 ;;;***
23727 \f
23728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
23729 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
23731 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
23732 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
23734 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
23736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
23738 ;;;***
23739 \f
23740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
23741 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
23743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-")))
23745 ;;;***
23746 \f
23747 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
23748 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23749 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
23751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
23753 ;;;***
23754 \f
23755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
23756 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
23758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
23760 ;;;***
23761 \f
23762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
23763 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23764 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
23766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("org-" "pcomplete/org-mode/")))
23768 ;;;***
23769 \f
23770 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
23771 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23772 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
23774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot")))
23776 ;;;***
23777 \f
23778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
23779 ;;;;;; 0))
23780 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
23782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
23784 ;;;***
23785 \f
23786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
23787 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
23789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-")))
23791 ;;;***
23792 \f
23793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
23794 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
23796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-")))
23798 ;;;***
23799 \f
23800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
23801 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23802 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
23804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("org" "*orgtbl-")))
23806 ;;;***
23807 \f
23808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
23809 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
23812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
23814 ;;;***
23815 \f
23816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
23817 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
23819 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
23820 The release version of org-mode.
23821 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23823 \(fn)" nil nil)
23825 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
23826 The Git version of org-mode.
23827 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23829 \(fn)" nil nil)
23831 ;;;***
23832 \f
23833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
23834 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
23836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-")))
23838 ;;;***
23839 \f
23840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
23841 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
23842 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23843 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23845 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
23846 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
23847 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
23848 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
23850 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
23851 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
23852 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
23853 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
23856 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
23857 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
23858 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
23859 are used when point is on a heading line.
23861 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
23862 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
23863 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
23865 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
23866 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
23868 \(fn)" t nil)
23870 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
23871 Toggle Outline minor mode.
23872 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
23873 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23874 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23876 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
23878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23879 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
23881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
23883 ;;;***
23884 \f
23885 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
23886 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23887 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
23889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-")))
23891 ;;;***
23892 \f
23893 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
23894 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23895 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
23897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-")))
23899 ;;;***
23900 \f
23901 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
23902 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23903 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
23905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-")))
23907 ;;;***
23908 \f
23909 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
23910 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23911 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
23913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-")))
23915 ;;;***
23916 \f
23917 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
23918 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
23919 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
23921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-")))
23923 ;;;***
23924 \f
23925 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
23926 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23927 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
23929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-")))
23931 ;;;***
23932 \f
23933 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
23934 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23935 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
23937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-")))
23939 ;;;***
23940 \f
23941 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
23942 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23943 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
23945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
23947 ;;;***
23948 \f
23949 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
23950 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23951 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
23953 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-")))
23955 ;;;***
23956 \f
23957 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
23958 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23959 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
23961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-")))
23963 ;;;***
23964 \f
23965 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
23966 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23967 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
23969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
23971 ;;;***
23972 \f
23973 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
23974 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23975 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
23977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-")))
23979 ;;;***
23980 \f
23981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
23982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
23983 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23985 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
23986 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
23987 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
23988 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
23992 activate the package system at any time.")
23994 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
23996 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
23997 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
23998 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
23999 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
24000 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
24001 it to the file.
24002 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
24003 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
24004 loading packages twice.
24005 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
24006 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
24007 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
24009 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
24011 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
24012 Import keys from FILE.
24014 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
24016 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
24017 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
24018 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
24019 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
24020 and make them available for download.
24021 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
24022 downloads in the background.
24024 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
24026 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
24027 Install the package PKG.
24028 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
24029 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
24031 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
24032 `package-selected-packages'.
24034 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
24035 to install it but still mark it as selected.
24037 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
24039 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
24040 Install a package from the current buffer.
24041 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
24042 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
24043 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
24045 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
24046 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
24047 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
24049 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
24051 \(fn)" t nil)
24053 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
24054 Install a package from a file.
24055 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
24056 directory.
24058 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24060 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
24061 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
24062 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
24064 \(fn)" t nil)
24066 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
24067 Reinstall package PKG.
24068 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
24069 object.
24071 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
24073 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
24074 Remove packages that are no more needed.
24076 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
24077 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
24078 will be deleted.
24080 \(fn)" t nil)
24082 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
24083 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
24085 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
24087 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
24088 Display a list of packages.
24089 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
24090 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
24091 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
24093 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
24095 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
24097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("package-" "define-package" "describe-package-1" "bad-signature")))
24099 ;;;***
24100 \f
24101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24102 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-")))
24107 ;;;***
24108 \f
24109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24110 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24112 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("previous-page" "pages-" "sort-pages-" "original-page-delimiter" "add-new-page" "next-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map")))
24114 ;;;***
24115 \f
24116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24117 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24119 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24120 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24121 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24122 for a description of this minor mode.
24123 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24124 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24125 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24127 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24129 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24130 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24131 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24132 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24133 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24135 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24136 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24137 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24141 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-")))
24143 ;;;***
24144 \f
24145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24146 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24147 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24148 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24150 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24151 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24152 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24154 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24156 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24157 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24159 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24161 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-")))
24163 ;;;***
24164 \f
24165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24168 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24170 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24172 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24175 Other useful functions are:
24187 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24189 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24190 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24191 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24192 Indentation for case statements.
24193 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24194 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24195 mark after an end.
24196 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24197 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24198 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24199 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24200 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24201 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24202 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24203 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24204 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24205 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24207 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24208 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24210 \(fn)" t nil)
24212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("pascal-" "electric-pascal-")))
24214 ;;;***
24215 \f
24216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24217 ;;;;;; 0))
24218 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24220 (defvar password-cache t "\
24221 Whether to cache passwords.")
24223 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24225 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24226 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24227 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24229 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24231 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24232 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24234 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24236 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-")))
24238 ;;;***
24239 \f
24240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24243 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24244 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
24245 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24247 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
24249 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
24250 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
24252 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
24253 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
24254 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
24256 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
24258 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
24259 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
24260 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
24261 quoted.)
24263 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
24264 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
24265 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
24266 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
24268 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
24270 _ matches anything.
24271 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24272 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24273 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24274 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24275 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24278 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
24279 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
24280 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24281 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
24282 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
24284 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24286 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
24287 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
24288 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
24289 which is the value being matched.
24290 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
24291 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
24293 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
24294 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24296 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24298 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24300 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24301 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24303 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24305 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24307 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24308 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24309 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24310 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24311 variable name being but a special case of it).
24313 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24315 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24317 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24319 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24320 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24321 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24322 of the form (PAT EXP).
24324 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24326 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24328 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24329 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24330 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24331 of the form (PAT EXP).
24332 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24333 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24334 any kind of error.
24336 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24338 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24340 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24341 Like `dolist' but where the binding can be a `pcase' pattern.
24343 \(fn (PATTERN LIST) BODY...)" nil t)
24345 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24347 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24348 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24349 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24350 to this macro.
24352 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24354 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24356 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-")))
24360 ;;;***
24361 \f
24362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24363 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24365 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24366 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24368 \(fn)" nil nil)
24370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-")))
24372 ;;;***
24373 \f
24374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24375 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24377 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24378 Completion for `gzip'.
24380 \(fn)" nil nil)
24382 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24383 Completion for `bzip2'.
24385 \(fn)" nil nil)
24387 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24388 Completion for GNU `make'.
24390 \(fn)" nil nil)
24392 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24393 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24395 \(fn)" nil nil)
24397 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24398 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24400 \(fn)" nil nil)
24402 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24406 ;;;***
24407 \f
24408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24409 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24411 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24412 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24414 \(fn)" nil nil)
24416 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24417 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24419 \(fn)" nil nil)
24421 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24422 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24424 \(fn)" nil nil)
24426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcomplete-pare-list" "pcmpl-linux-")))
24428 ;;;***
24429 \f
24430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24431 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24433 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24434 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24436 \(fn)" nil nil)
24438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24440 ;;;***
24441 \f
24442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24443 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24445 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24446 Completion for `cd'.
24448 \(fn)" nil nil)
24450 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24452 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24453 Completion for `rmdir'.
24455 \(fn)" nil nil)
24457 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24458 Completion for `rm'.
24460 \(fn)" nil nil)
24462 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24463 Completion for `xargs'.
24465 \(fn)" nil nil)
24467 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24469 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24470 Completion for `which'.
24472 \(fn)" nil nil)
24474 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24475 Completion for the `chown' command.
24477 \(fn)" nil nil)
24479 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24480 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24482 \(fn)" nil nil)
24484 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24485 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24487 \(fn)" nil nil)
24489 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24490 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24491 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24493 \(fn)" nil nil)
24495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-")))
24497 ;;;***
24498 \f
24499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24500 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24502 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24503 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24505 \(fn)" nil nil)
24507 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24508 Completion for the `ack' command.
24509 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24510 long options.
24512 \(fn)" nil nil)
24514 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24516 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24517 Completion for the `ag' command.
24519 \(fn)" nil nil)
24521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-")))
24523 ;;;***
24524 \f
24525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24526 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24528 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24529 Support extensible programmable completion.
24530 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24531 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24533 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24535 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24536 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24538 \(fn)" t nil)
24540 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24541 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24542 This will modify the current buffer.
24544 \(fn)" t nil)
24546 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24547 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24549 \(fn)" t nil)
24551 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24552 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24553 This will modify the current buffer.
24555 \(fn)" t nil)
24557 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
24558 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
24560 \(fn)" t nil)
24562 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
24563 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
24565 \(fn)" t nil)
24567 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
24568 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
24569 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
24570 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
24571 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
24573 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
24575 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
24576 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
24578 \(fn)" nil nil)
24580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-")))
24582 ;;;***
24583 \f
24584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24585 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
24587 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
24588 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
24589 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
24590 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24592 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
24594 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
24596 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
24597 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
24598 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24600 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24601 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24602 FLAGS is ignored.
24604 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
24606 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
24607 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
24608 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
24609 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24610 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24612 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24613 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24615 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24617 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
24618 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24619 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24622 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24623 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
24624 passed to cvs.
24626 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
24628 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
24629 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24630 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24631 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24633 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24634 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24636 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24638 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
24639 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
24640 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
24642 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
24644 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
24645 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
24646 A value of nil means never do it.
24647 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
24648 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
24649 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
24651 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
24653 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
24654 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
24655 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
24657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
24659 ;;;***
24660 \f
24661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24662 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
24664 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
24665 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
24667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
24669 ;;;***
24670 \f
24671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24672 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
24674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
24676 ;;;***
24677 \f
24678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24679 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
24681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
24683 ;;;***
24684 \f
24685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
24686 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
24688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
24690 ;;;***
24691 \f
24692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
24693 ;;;;;; 0))
24694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
24695 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24696 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24697 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24698 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24699 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24700 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24702 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
24703 Major mode for editing Perl code.
24704 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
24705 Tab indents for Perl code.
24707 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24708 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24710 Variables controlling indentation style:
24711 `perl-tab-always-indent'
24712 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
24713 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24714 `perl-tab-to-comment'
24715 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
24716 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
24717 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
24718 `perl-nochange'
24719 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
24720 `perl-indent-level'
24721 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
24722 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
24723 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
24724 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
24725 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
24726 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
24727 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
24728 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
24729 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
24730 `perl-brace-offset'
24731 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
24732 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
24733 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
24734 this far to the right of the start of its line.
24735 `perl-label-offset'
24736 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
24737 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
24738 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
24740 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
24741 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
24742 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
24743 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
24744 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
24745 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
24746 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
24748 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
24750 \(fn)" t nil)
24752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("perl-" "mark-perl-function" "indent-perl-exp")))
24754 ;;;***
24755 \f
24756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
24757 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
24759 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
24760 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
24762 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
24763 afterwards settable by these commands:
24780 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
24781 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
24782 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
24783 with these commands:
24787 Move to column following last
24795 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
24797 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
24801 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
24804 You can manipulate text with these commands:
24809 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
24812 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
24822 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
24823 by supplying an argument.
24825 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
24827 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
24828 they are not by default assigned to keys.
24830 \(fn)" t nil)
24832 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
24834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
24836 ;;;***
24837 \f
24838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (0 0 0 0))
24839 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
24840 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
24842 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
24843 Start a Pinentry service.
24845 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
24846 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
24848 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
24849 will not be shown.
24851 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pinentry" '("pinentry-")))
24855 ;;;***
24856 \f
24857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
24858 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
24860 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
24861 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
24863 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24865 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
24866 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
24868 \(fn)" t nil)
24870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-")))
24872 ;;;***
24873 \f
24874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
24875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
24877 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
24878 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
24879 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
24881 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
24883 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-")))
24885 ;;;***
24886 \f
24887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
24888 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
24890 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
24891 Play pong and waste time.
24892 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
24893 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
24899 \(fn)" t nil)
24901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
24903 ;;;***
24904 \f
24905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
24906 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
24908 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
24909 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
24910 Use streaming commands.
24912 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
24916 ;;;***
24917 \f
24918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
24919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
24921 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
24922 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
24923 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
24924 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
24926 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
24928 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
24929 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
24931 \(fn)" nil nil)
24933 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
24934 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
24935 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
24936 can handle, whenever this is possible.
24937 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
24939 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
24941 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
24942 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24943 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
24945 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24947 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
24948 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24950 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24952 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
24953 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
24954 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24955 Ignores leading comment characters.
24957 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24959 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
24960 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
24961 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24962 Ignores leading comment characters.
24964 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-")))
24968 ;;;***
24969 \f
24970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
24971 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
24972 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24974 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
24975 Activate the printing interface buffer.
24977 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
24981 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24983 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
24984 Preview directory using ghostview.
24986 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24987 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24988 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24989 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24991 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24992 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24993 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24994 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24995 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24996 file name.
24998 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25000 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25002 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25003 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
25005 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25006 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25007 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25008 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25010 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25011 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25012 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25013 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25014 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25015 file name.
25017 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25019 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25021 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
25022 Print directory using PostScript printer.
25024 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25025 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25026 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25027 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25029 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25030 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25031 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25032 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25033 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25034 file name.
25036 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25038 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25040 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
25041 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25043 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25045 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25046 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25047 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25048 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25050 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25051 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25052 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25053 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25054 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25055 file name.
25057 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25059 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25061 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
25062 Preview buffer using ghostview.
25064 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25065 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25066 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25068 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25069 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
25070 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
25071 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25073 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25075 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25076 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
25078 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25079 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25080 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25082 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25083 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25084 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25085 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25087 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25089 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
25090 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
25092 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25093 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25094 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25096 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25097 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25098 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25099 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25101 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25103 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25104 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25106 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25108 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25109 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25110 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25112 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25113 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25114 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25115 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25117 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25119 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25120 Preview region using ghostview.
25122 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25124 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25126 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25127 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25129 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25131 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25133 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25134 Print region using PostScript printer.
25136 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25138 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25140 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25141 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25143 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25145 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25147 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25148 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25150 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25152 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25154 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25155 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25157 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25159 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25161 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25162 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25164 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25166 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25168 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25169 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25171 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25173 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25175 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25176 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25177 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25178 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25180 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25181 matching.
25183 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25184 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25186 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25188 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25190 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25191 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25192 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25193 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25195 \(fn)" t nil)
25197 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25198 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25199 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25200 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25202 \(fn)" t nil)
25204 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25205 Print directory using text printer.
25207 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25208 matching.
25210 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25211 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25213 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25215 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25217 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25218 Print buffer using text printer.
25220 \(fn)" t nil)
25222 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25223 Print region using text printer.
25225 \(fn)" t nil)
25227 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25228 Print major mode using text printer.
25230 \(fn)" t nil)
25232 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25233 Preview spooled PostScript.
25235 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25236 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25237 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25239 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25240 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25241 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25243 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25245 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25246 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25248 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25249 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25250 instead of sending it to the printer.
25252 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25253 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25254 image in a file with that name.
25256 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25258 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25259 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25261 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25262 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25263 instead of sending it to the printer.
25265 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25266 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25267 image in a file with that name.
25269 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25271 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25272 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25274 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25275 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25276 instead of sending it to the printer.
25278 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25279 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25280 image in a file with that name.
25282 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25284 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25285 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25287 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25289 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25290 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25292 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25294 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25295 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25297 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25299 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25300 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25302 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25304 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25305 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25307 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25309 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25310 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25312 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25313 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25314 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25315 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25317 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25318 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25319 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25320 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25321 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25322 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25323 file name.
25325 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25327 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25328 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25330 \(fn)" t nil)
25332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25333 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25335 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25336 right.
25337 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25338 bottom.
25340 \(fn)" t nil)
25342 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25343 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25345 \(fn)" t nil)
25347 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25348 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25350 \(fn)" t nil)
25352 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25353 Toggle printing with faces.
25355 \(fn)" t nil)
25357 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25358 Toggle spooling.
25360 \(fn)" t nil)
25362 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25363 Toggle duplex.
25365 \(fn)" t nil)
25367 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25368 Toggle tumble.
25370 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25371 right.
25372 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25373 bottom.
25375 \(fn)" t nil)
25377 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25378 Toggle landscape.
25380 \(fn)" t nil)
25382 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25383 Toggle upside-down.
25385 \(fn)" t nil)
25387 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25388 Toggle line number.
25390 \(fn)" t nil)
25392 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25393 Toggle zebra stripes.
25395 \(fn)" t nil)
25397 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25398 Toggle printing header.
25400 \(fn)" t nil)
25402 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25403 Toggle printing header frame.
25405 \(fn)" t nil)
25407 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25408 Toggle menu lock.
25410 \(fn)" t nil)
25412 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25413 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25415 \(fn)" t nil)
25417 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25418 Toggle auto mode.
25420 \(fn)" t nil)
25422 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25423 Customization of the `printing' group.
25425 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25427 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25428 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25430 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25432 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25433 Help for the printing package.
25435 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25437 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25438 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25440 \(fn)" t nil)
25442 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25443 Interactively select a text printer.
25445 \(fn)" t nil)
25447 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25448 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25450 \(fn)" t nil)
25452 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25453 Show current ps-print settings.
25455 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25457 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25458 Show current printing settings.
25460 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25462 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25463 Show current lpr settings.
25465 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25467 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25468 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25470 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25471 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25472 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25473 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25476 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25478 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25479 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25480 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25482 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25483 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25484 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25485 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25486 current active printer.
25488 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25489 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25490 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25491 printer.
25493 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25494 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25495 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25496 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25497 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25500 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25501 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25503 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25505 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25506 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25507 be done using the new current active printer.
25509 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25510 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25511 printer.
25513 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25514 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25515 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25516 instead of sending it to the printer.
25518 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25519 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25520 printer.
25522 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25525 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25526 are both set to t.
25528 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25530 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25531 Fast fire function for text printing.
25533 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25534 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25535 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25536 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25538 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25539 user for a new active text printer.
25541 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25543 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
25545 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
25546 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25547 printer.
25549 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
25551 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25552 are both set to t.
25554 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
25556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("pr-" "lpr-setup")))
25558 ;;;***
25559 \f
25560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
25561 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
25563 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
25564 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
25566 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
25567 the process information.
25569 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
25571 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
25572 Proced buffers.
25574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25576 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
25578 ;;;***
25579 \f
25580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
25581 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
25583 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
25584 Start/restart profilers.
25585 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
25586 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
25587 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
25589 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
25591 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
25592 Open profile FILENAME.
25594 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25596 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
25597 Open profile FILENAME.
25599 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25601 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
25602 Open profile FILENAME.
25604 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
25608 ;;;***
25609 \f
25610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
25611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
25613 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
25614 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
25615 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
25616 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
25617 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
25618 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
25620 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
25622 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
25623 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
25625 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
25627 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25629 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
25630 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
25632 pattern to search for.
25634 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25636 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
25637 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
25638 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25639 recognized.
25641 \(fn)" t nil)
25643 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
25644 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
25645 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25646 recognized.
25648 \(fn)" t nil)
25650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-")))
25652 ;;;***
25653 \f
25654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
25655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
25657 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
25658 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
25660 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
25661 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
25663 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
25665 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
25668 Commands:
25671 \(fn)" t nil)
25673 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
25674 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
25675 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
25677 \(fn)" t nil)
25679 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
25680 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
25681 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
25683 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("prolog-" "mercury-mode-map")))
25687 ;;;***
25688 \f
25689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
25690 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
25692 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
25693 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
25696 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
25698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
25700 ;;;***
25701 \f
25702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
25703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
25704 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
25706 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
25707 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
25709 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
25711 The following variables hold user options, and can
25712 be set through the `customize' command:
25714 `ps-mode-tab'
25715 `ps-mode-paper-size'
25716 `ps-mode-print-function'
25717 `ps-run-prompt'
25718 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
25719 `ps-run-x'
25720 `ps-run-dumb'
25721 `ps-run-init'
25722 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
25723 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
25732 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
25733 The keymap for this second window is:
25738 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
25739 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
25740 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
25741 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
25742 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
25744 \(fn)" t nil)
25746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-")))
25748 ;;;***
25749 \f
25750 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
25751 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
25752 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
25754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
25756 ;;;***
25757 \f
25758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
25759 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
25760 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25762 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
25763 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
25764 See `ps-paper-type'.")
25766 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
25768 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
25769 Specify the size of paper to format for.
25770 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
25771 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
25773 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
25775 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
25776 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
25778 Valid values are:
25780 nil Do not print colors.
25782 t Print colors.
25784 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
25785 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
25787 Any other value is treated as t.")
25789 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
25791 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
25792 Customization of ps-print group.
25794 \(fn)" t nil)
25796 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
25797 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25799 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25800 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
25801 sending it to the printer.
25803 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25804 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25805 image in a file with that name.
25807 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25809 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25810 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25811 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25812 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25813 so it has a way to determine color values.
25815 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25817 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
25818 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25819 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
25821 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25823 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25824 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25825 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25826 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25827 so it has a way to determine color values.
25829 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25831 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
25832 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25833 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
25834 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
25836 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25838 \(fn)" t nil)
25840 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25841 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25842 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
25843 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
25844 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
25846 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25848 \(fn)" t nil)
25850 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
25851 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25852 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
25854 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25856 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25858 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25859 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25860 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25861 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25862 so it has a way to determine color values.
25864 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25866 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25868 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
25869 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25871 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25872 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25873 instead of sending it to the printer.
25875 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25876 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25877 image in a file with that name.
25879 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25881 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
25882 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
25883 Done using the current ps-print setup.
25887 \(fn)" t nil)
25889 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
25890 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
25891 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25893 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25895 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
25896 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
25897 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25899 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25901 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
25902 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
25904 \(fn)" nil nil)
25906 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
25907 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25909 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
25910 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25912 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25913 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25915 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
25917 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
25919 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25921 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
25922 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25924 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
25925 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25927 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25928 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25930 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
25932 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
25934 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
25936 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
25937 foreground and background colors respectively.
25939 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
25940 bold - use bold font.
25941 italic - use italic font.
25942 underline - put a line under text.
25943 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
25944 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
25945 shadow - text will have a shadow.
25946 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
25947 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
25949 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
25951 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25953 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
25955 ;;;***
25956 \f
25957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
25960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
25962 ;;;***
25963 \f
25964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
25965 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
25966 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
25968 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
25969 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
25970 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25972 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25974 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
25975 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
25976 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25978 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
25982 ;;;***
25983 \f
25984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
25985 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
25987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
25989 ;;;***
25990 \f
25991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
25992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
25993 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25997 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
25999 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
26000 Run an inferior Python process.
26002 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
26003 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
26004 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
26005 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
26006 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
26008 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
26009 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
26010 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
26011 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
26013 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
26015 process buffer for a list of commands.)
26017 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
26019 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
26020 Major mode for editing Python files.
26024 \(fn)" t nil)
26026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("python-" "run-python-internal" "inferior-python-mode")))
26028 ;;;***
26029 \f
26030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
26033 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
26034 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
26035 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
26036 coding-system.
26038 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
26041 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
26042 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
26043 them into characters should be done separately.
26045 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
26047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-")))
26049 ;;;***
26050 \f
26051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
26052 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
26054 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
26055 Return the title of the current Quail package.
26057 \(fn)" nil nil)
26059 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
26060 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
26061 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
26063 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
26064 `quail-activate', which see.
26066 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
26068 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
26069 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
26070 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
26071 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
26072 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
26073 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
26074 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
26076 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
26077 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
26078 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
26079 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
26080 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
26081 shown.
26082 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
26084 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
26085 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
26088 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
26089 list of candidates.
26091 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
26092 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
26093 command to be called.
26095 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
26096 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
26097 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
26098 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
26100 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26101 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26102 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26103 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26104 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26105 to t.
26107 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26108 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26109 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26110 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26112 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26113 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26114 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26115 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26116 defines no translations for single character keys.
26118 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26119 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26120 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26121 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26122 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26123 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26125 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26126 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26129 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26132 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26133 covers Quail translation region.
26135 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26136 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26137 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26138 for it) is inserted.
26140 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26141 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26142 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26144 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26145 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26146 non-Quail commands.
26148 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26150 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26151 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26153 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26154 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26155 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26156 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26157 you type is correctly handled.
26159 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26161 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26162 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26164 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26165 keyboard type.
26167 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26169 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26170 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26171 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26172 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26173 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26174 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26175 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26176 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26177 for the translation.
26178 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26180 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26181 it is used to handle KEY.
26183 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26184 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26185 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26186 the following annotation types are supported.
26188 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26189 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26191 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26192 candidate list.
26194 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26195 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26196 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26197 inserted.
26199 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26200 generated for the following translations.
26202 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26204 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26205 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26207 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26208 which to install MAP.
26210 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26212 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26214 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26215 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26217 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26218 which to install MAP.
26220 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26222 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26224 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26225 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26226 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26227 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26228 a function, or a cons.
26229 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26230 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26231 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26232 for the translation.
26233 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26234 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26235 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26236 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26237 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26239 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26240 it is used to handle KEY.
26242 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26243 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26244 current Quail package.
26246 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26247 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26249 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26251 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26252 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26254 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26255 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26257 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26259 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26260 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26262 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26264 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26265 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26266 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26267 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26268 of the Emacs source tree.
26270 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26273 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26274 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26275 of each directory.
26277 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26281 ;;;***
26282 \f
26283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26284 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26285 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26289 ;;;***
26290 \f
26291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26292 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26293 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26295 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26296 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26297 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26298 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26300 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26302 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("hangul" "alphabetp" "notzerop")))
26304 ;;;***
26305 \f
26306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26307 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26308 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("inscript-" "quail-")))
26312 ;;;***
26313 \f
26314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26315 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26317 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-")))
26319 ;;;***
26320 \f
26321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26322 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26323 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26325 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26327 ;;;***
26328 \f
26329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26330 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26332 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26334 ;;;***
26335 \f
26336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26337 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26341 ;;;***
26342 \f
26343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26344 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26345 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-")))
26349 ;;;***
26350 \f
26351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26352 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26356 ;;;***
26357 \f
26358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26359 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26360 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("quail-tib" "tibetan-")))
26364 ;;;***
26365 \f
26366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26367 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26368 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26370 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26371 Activate UCS input method.
26372 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26374 While this input method is active, the variable
26375 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26377 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-")))
26381 ;;;***
26382 \f
26383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26384 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26388 ;;;***
26389 \f
26390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26391 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26393 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
26394 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26395 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26396 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26398 To make use of this do something like:
26400 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26402 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26404 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26405 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26407 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26408 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26409 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26411 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26413 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26414 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26416 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26418 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26419 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26421 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26422 is decided.
26424 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26426 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26427 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26429 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26430 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26431 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26433 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26435 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26436 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26438 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26440 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26441 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26443 \(fn)" t nil)
26445 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26446 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26448 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26452 \(fn)" t nil)
26454 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26455 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26457 \(fn)" t nil)
26459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26461 ;;;***
26462 \f
26463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26464 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26469 ;;;***
26470 \f
26471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26472 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26474 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26475 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26477 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26479 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26481 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26483 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26485 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26488 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26490 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26491 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26492 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26493 for a description of this minor mode.
26494 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26495 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26496 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26498 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26500 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26501 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26502 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26503 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26504 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("rcirc-" "defun-rcirc-command" "set-rcirc-" "with-rcirc-")))
26510 ;;;***
26511 \f
26512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26513 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26516 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26518 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26519 Construct a regexp interactively.
26522 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26525 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26527 \(fn)" t nil)
26529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("reb-" "re-builder-unload-function")))
26531 ;;;***
26532 \f
26533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26534 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26536 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26537 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26538 See the `recentf-mode' command
26539 for a description of this minor mode.
26540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26542 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
26544 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
26546 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
26548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
26549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26550 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26554 were operated on recently.
26556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
26560 ;;;***
26561 \f
26562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
26563 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
26565 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
26566 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
26567 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
26568 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
26569 ends.
26571 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26572 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
26573 to be deleted.
26575 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26577 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26578 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26579 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26581 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26582 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26583 deleted.
26585 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
26587 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26588 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26589 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26591 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
26593 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
26594 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26596 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26597 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
26599 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26600 deleted.
26602 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
26603 the rectangle, but put it in `killed-rectangle' anyway. This means that
26604 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
26605 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
26606 even beep.)
26608 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26610 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
26611 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26613 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26615 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
26616 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
26618 \(fn)" t nil)
26620 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26621 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
26622 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
26623 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
26624 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
26625 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
26626 and point is at the lower right corner.
26628 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
26630 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
26631 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26633 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
26634 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
26636 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26637 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
26638 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
26640 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26642 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
26644 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
26645 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
26646 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
26647 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
26648 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
26650 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26651 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
26653 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26655 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
26656 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
26657 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
26659 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
26661 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26663 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
26665 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26666 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26668 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26669 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
26670 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
26672 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26674 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
26675 Blank out the region-rectangle.
26676 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
26678 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26679 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
26680 rectangle which were empty.
26682 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26684 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
26685 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
26687 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
26688 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
26689 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
26690 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
26692 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
26694 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
26695 Toggle the region as rectangular.
26696 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
26698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("rectangle-" "clear-rectangle-line" "spaces-string" "string-rectangle-" "delete-" "ope" "killed-rectangle" "extract-rectangle-" "apply-on-rectangle")))
26702 ;;;***
26703 \f
26704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
26705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
26707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
26709 ;;;***
26710 \f
26711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
26712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
26714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
26716 ;;;***
26717 \f
26718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
26719 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
26721 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
26722 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
26723 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
26724 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26725 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26727 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
26728 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
26729 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
26730 auto-filling.
26734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
26738 ;;;***
26739 \f
26740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
26741 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
26742 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
26743 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
26744 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
26745 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
26747 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
26748 Turn on RefTeX mode.
26750 \(fn)" nil nil)
26752 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
26759 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
26760 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
26764 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
26767 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
26768 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
26771 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
26772 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
26774 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
26778 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
26779 on the menu bar.
26781 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26785 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
26786 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
26787 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
26789 \(fn)" nil nil)
26791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-")))
26793 ;;;***
26794 \f
26795 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26796 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
26799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-")))
26801 ;;;***
26802 \f
26803 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
26804 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
26805 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
26807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-")))
26809 ;;;***
26810 \f
26811 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
26812 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26813 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
26815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
26817 ;;;***
26818 \f
26819 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
26820 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
26821 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
26823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-")))
26825 ;;;***
26826 \f
26827 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
26828 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (0 0 0 0))
26829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
26831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
26833 ;;;***
26834 \f
26835 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
26836 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
26837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
26839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
26841 ;;;***
26842 \f
26843 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26844 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26845 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
26847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
26849 ;;;***
26850 \f
26851 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
26852 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26853 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
26855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-")))
26857 ;;;***
26858 \f
26859 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
26860 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26861 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
26863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-")))
26865 ;;;***
26866 \f
26867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
26868 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
26870 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26871 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26872 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26873 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
26875 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
26877 ;;;***
26878 \f
26879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
26880 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
26883 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
26884 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
26885 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain
26886 any regexps, quoted or not. Optional PAREN specifies how the
26887 returned regexp is surrounded by grouping constructs.
26889 The optional argument PAREN can be any of the following:
26891 a string
26892 the resulting regexp is preceded by PAREN and followed by
26894 group.
26896 `words'
26899 `symbols'
26902 non-nil
26905 nil
26907 necessary to ensure that a postfix operator appended to it will
26908 apply to the whole expression.
26910 The resulting regexp is equivalent to but usually more efficient
26911 than that of a simplified version:
26913 (defun simplified-regexp-opt (strings &optional paren)
26914 (let ((parens
26920 (concat (car paren)
26922 (cdr paren))))
26924 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
26926 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
26927 Return the depth of REGEXP.
26928 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
26929 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
26931 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
26933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-")))
26935 ;;;***
26936 \f
26937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
26938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
26939 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
26941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-")))
26943 ;;;***
26944 \f
26945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
26946 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
26948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-")))
26950 ;;;***
26951 \f
26952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
26953 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
26954 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26956 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
26957 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
26958 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
26959 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
26961 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
26963 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26965 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
26966 Call `remember' in another frame.
26968 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26970 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
26971 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
26972 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
26974 \(fn)" t nil)
26976 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
26977 Extract diary entries from the region.
26979 \(fn)" nil nil)
26981 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
26982 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
26983 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
26984 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
26986 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
26988 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
26989 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
26990 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
26991 minor mode.
26993 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
26995 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
26996 Return the buffer.
26998 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
27000 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
27002 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
27004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
27006 ;;;***
27007 \f
27008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
27009 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
27010 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
27012 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
27013 Repeat most recently executed command.
27014 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
27015 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
27016 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
27018 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
27019 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
27020 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
27021 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
27023 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
27027 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
27029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
27031 ;;;***
27032 \f
27033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
27034 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
27036 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
27037 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
27039 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
27040 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
27041 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
27042 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
27043 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
27044 and point is left after the salutation.
27046 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
27047 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
27048 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
27049 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
27050 left after that text.
27052 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
27053 is non-nil.
27055 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
27056 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
27057 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
27058 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
27060 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
27062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
27064 ;;;***
27065 \f
27066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
27067 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
27069 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
27070 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
27071 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
27072 visibility of comments that precede it.
27073 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
27074 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
27075 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
27076 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
27077 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
27078 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
27079 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
27080 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
27081 the comment lines.
27082 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
27083 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
27084 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
27085 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
27086 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
27088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines")))
27092 ;;;***
27093 \f
27094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
27095 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
27097 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27098 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
27099 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
27100 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27101 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27103 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
27104 reveals invisible text around point.
27106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27108 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
27109 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
27110 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
27111 for a description of this minor mode.
27112 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27113 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27114 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
27116 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
27118 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27119 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
27120 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
27122 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
27123 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27124 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27128 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27130 ;;;***
27131 \f
27132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27133 ;;;;;; 0))
27134 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
27138 ;;;***
27139 \f
27140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27145 ;;;***
27146 \f
27147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27148 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27152 ;;;***
27153 \f
27154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27155 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-")))
27159 ;;;***
27160 \f
27161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27162 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-")))
27166 ;;;***
27167 \f
27168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-")))
27173 ;;;***
27174 \f
27175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27176 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27178 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27180 ;;;***
27181 \f
27182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27183 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27185 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27186 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27188 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27190 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27191 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27193 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27197 ;;;***
27198 \f
27199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27200 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27202 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27203 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27204 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27205 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27207 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27209 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27210 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27211 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27212 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27214 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27215 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27217 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27218 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27220 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27221 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27222 INPUT-ARGS.
27224 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27225 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27226 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27227 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27228 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27230 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27231 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27232 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27233 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27235 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27236 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27237 variable.
27239 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27243 ;;;***
27244 \f
27245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27246 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27248 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27249 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27251 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27253 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27255 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27256 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27257 Its name should end with a slash.")
27259 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27260 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27262 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27263 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27264 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27266 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27268 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27269 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27270 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27271 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27272 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27273 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27274 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27276 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27277 sent by you under different user names.
27278 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27280 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27282 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27284 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27286 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27287 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27288 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27289 explicitly.")
27291 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27293 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27294 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27295 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27296 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27297 which normally happens once for each message,
27298 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27299 To make a change in this variable take effect
27300 for a message that you have already viewed,
27303 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27305 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27306 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27307 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27308 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27310 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27312 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27313 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27315 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27318 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27319 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27321 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27323 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27324 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27325 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27326 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27327 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27330 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27332 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27333 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27335 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27338 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27340 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27342 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27343 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27345 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27346 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27348 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27350 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27351 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27353 This is set to nil by default.")
27355 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27356 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27357 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27358 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27359 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27360 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27361 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27363 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27364 Read and edit incoming mail.
27365 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27366 file in RMAIL Mode.
27369 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27370 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27371 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27372 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27374 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27376 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27378 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27380 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27381 Instead, these commands are available:
27397 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27398 till a deleted message is found.
27399 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27412 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27417 (label defaults to last one specified).
27418 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27428 \(fn)" t nil)
27430 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27431 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27433 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27435 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27436 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27438 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("rmail-" "mail-")))
27442 ;;;***
27443 \f
27444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27445 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rmail-" "rsf-")))
27450 ;;;***
27451 \f
27452 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27453 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27454 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27456 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-")))
27458 ;;;***
27459 \f
27460 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27461 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-")))
27466 ;;;***
27467 \f
27468 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27469 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-")))
27474 ;;;***
27475 \f
27476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27477 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27478 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27480 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27481 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27482 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27483 case it writes Babyl.
27485 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27486 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27487 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27488 `rmail-default-file'.
27490 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27491 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27492 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27494 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27495 the header display is currently pruned.
27497 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27498 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27499 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27500 messages after output.
27502 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27504 message (if writing a file directly).
27506 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27507 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27509 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27511 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27512 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27513 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27514 i) the header is output as currently seen
27515 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27516 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27518 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27519 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27520 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27522 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27524 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27525 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27526 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27528 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27529 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27530 `rmail-default-body-file'.
27532 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
27533 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
27534 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
27536 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-")))
27540 ;;;***
27541 \f
27542 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
27543 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27544 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
27546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-")))
27548 ;;;***
27549 \f
27550 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
27551 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27552 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
27554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-")))
27556 ;;;***
27557 \f
27558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
27559 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
27561 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
27562 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
27563 Return a pattern.
27565 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
27567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-")))
27569 ;;;***
27570 \f
27571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27572 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
27574 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-")))
27576 ;;;***
27577 \f
27578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
27579 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
27581 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
27583 ;;;***
27584 \f
27585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
27586 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
27588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
27590 ;;;***
27591 \f
27592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
27593 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
27595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-")))
27597 ;;;***
27598 \f
27599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
27600 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
27602 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
27603 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
27604 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
27605 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
27607 \(fn)" t nil)
27609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
27611 ;;;***
27612 \f
27613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27614 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
27616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-")))
27618 ;;;***
27619 \f
27620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
27621 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
27623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-")))
27625 ;;;***
27626 \f
27627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
27628 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
27630 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
27632 ;;;***
27633 \f
27634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
27635 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
27637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
27639 ;;;***
27640 \f
27641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
27642 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
27644 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
27645 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
27647 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
27648 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
27649 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
27650 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
27651 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
27653 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
27654 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
27655 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
27656 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
27658 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
27659 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
27661 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
27662 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
27663 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
27664 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
27665 to use for finding the schema.
27667 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
27669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
27671 ;;;***
27672 \f
27673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
27674 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
27676 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
27678 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
27679 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
27680 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
27681 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
27682 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
27683 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
27684 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
27685 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
27686 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
27687 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
27688 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
27689 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
27690 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
27691 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
27692 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
27693 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
27694 must be equal.
27696 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
27698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
27700 ;;;***
27701 \f
27702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27703 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
27705 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
27706 Define a robin package.
27708 NAME is the string of this robin package.
27709 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
27710 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
27711 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
27713 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
27714 one replaces the old one.
27716 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
27718 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
27719 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
27721 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
27722 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
27723 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
27725 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
27727 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
27728 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
27730 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
27732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
27734 ;;;***
27735 \f
27736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
27737 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
27739 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
27740 ROT13 encrypt OBJECT, a buffer or string.
27741 If OBJECT is a buffer, encrypt the region between START and END.
27742 If OBJECT is a string, encrypt it in its entirety, ignoring START
27743 and END, and return the encrypted string.
27745 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
27747 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
27748 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
27750 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27752 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
27753 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
27755 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27757 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
27758 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
27759 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
27761 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
27762 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
27763 in ROT13.
27765 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
27767 \(fn)" t nil)
27769 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
27770 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
27772 \(fn)" t nil)
27774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-")))
27776 ;;;***
27777 \f
27778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
27779 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
27782 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
27783 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
27786 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
27787 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
27788 highlighting.
27792 \(fn)" t nil)
27794 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
27795 Toggle ReST minor mode.
27796 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
27797 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27798 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27800 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
27801 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
27802 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
27804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
27808 ;;;***
27809 \f
27810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
27811 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
27813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
27815 ;;;***
27816 \f
27817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
27818 ;;;;;; 0))
27819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
27820 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
27822 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
27823 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
27827 \(fn)" t nil)
27829 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
27831 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
27833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-")))
27835 ;;;***
27836 \f
27837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
27838 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
27839 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
27841 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
27842 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
27843 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
27845 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
27846 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
27847 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
27848 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
27849 if ARG is omitted or nil.
27851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-")))
27855 ;;;***
27856 \f
27857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
27858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
27860 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
27861 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
27862 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
27863 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
27865 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
27867 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
27868 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
27869 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
27871 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
27872 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
27873 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
27875 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
27876 notation.
27878 STRING
27879 matches string STRING literally.
27881 CHAR
27882 matches character CHAR literally.
27884 `not-newline', `nonl'
27885 matches any character except a newline.
27887 `anything'
27888 matches any character
27890 `(any SET ...)'
27891 `(in SET ...)'
27892 `(char SET ...)'
27893 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
27894 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
27895 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
27897 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
27898 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
27899 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
27900 `word', or one of their synonyms.
27902 `(not (any SET ...))'
27903 matches any character not in SET ...
27905 `line-start', `bol'
27906 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
27907 in the text being matched
27909 `line-end', `eol'
27910 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
27912 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
27913 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27914 string being matched against.
27916 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
27917 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27918 string being matched against.
27920 `buffer-start'
27921 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27922 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
27924 `buffer-end'
27925 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27926 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
27928 `point'
27929 matches the empty string, but only at point.
27931 `word-start', `bow'
27932 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
27934 `word-end', `eow'
27935 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
27937 `word-boundary'
27938 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
27939 word.
27941 `(not word-boundary)'
27942 `not-word-boundary'
27943 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
27944 word.
27946 `symbol-start'
27947 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
27949 `symbol-end'
27950 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
27952 `digit', `numeric', `num'
27953 matches 0 through 9.
27955 `control', `cntrl'
27956 matches ASCII control characters.
27958 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
27959 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
27961 `blank'
27962 matches space and tab only.
27964 `graphic', `graph'
27965 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
27966 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
27967 unassigned by Unicode.
27969 `printing', `print'
27970 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
27972 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
27973 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
27974 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27976 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
27977 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
27978 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27980 `ascii'
27981 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
27983 `nonascii'
27984 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
27986 `lower', `lower-case'
27987 matches anything lower-case.
27989 `upper', `upper-case'
27990 matches anything upper-case.
27992 `punctuation', `punct'
27993 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
27994 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
27996 `space', `whitespace', `white'
27997 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
27999 `word', `wordchar'
28000 matches anything that has word syntax.
28002 `not-wordchar'
28003 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
28005 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
28006 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
28007 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
28026 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
28027 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
28029 `(category CATEGORY)'
28030 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
28031 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
28073 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
28074 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
28076 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28077 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28078 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28079 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28080 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
28082 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28083 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28084 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
28085 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
28087 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28088 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28089 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
28090 group number N.
28092 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28093 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28094 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
28095 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
28096 regular expression.
28098 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
28099 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
28101 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
28102 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
28104 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
28105 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
28107 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
28108 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
28110 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
28111 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
28112 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
28114 `(* SEXP ...)'
28115 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
28116 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28118 `(*? SEXP ...)'
28119 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
28120 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28122 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
28123 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
28124 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
28126 `(+ SEXP ...)'
28127 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28129 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28130 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28132 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28133 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28134 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28135 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28137 `(? SEXP ...)'
28138 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28140 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28141 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28143 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28144 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28145 matches N occurrences.
28147 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28148 matches N or more occurrences.
28150 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28151 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28152 matches N to M occurrences.
28154 `(backref N)'
28155 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28157 `(eval FORM)'
28158 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28159 `regexp-quote' it.
28161 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28162 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28164 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28168 ;;;***
28169 \f
28170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28171 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28173 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28175 ;;;***
28176 \f
28177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-")))
28182 ;;;***
28183 \f
28184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28185 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28189 ;;;***
28190 \f
28191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28192 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28193 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-")))
28197 ;;;***
28198 \f
28199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28200 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28203 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-")))
28205 ;;;***
28206 \f
28207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28208 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28209 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28211 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28212 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28213 See the `savehist-mode' command
28214 for a description of this minor mode.
28215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28217 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28219 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28221 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28222 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28227 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28228 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28229 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28230 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28232 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28233 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28234 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28240 ;;;***
28241 \f
28242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28243 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28245 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28246 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28247 See the `save-place-mode' command
28248 for a description of this minor mode.
28249 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28250 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28251 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28253 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28255 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28256 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28257 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28258 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28262 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28263 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28264 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28265 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28266 even in a later Emacs session.
28268 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28269 the argument is positive.
28271 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28272 file:
28274 \(save-place-mode 1)
28276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("save-place" "load-save-place-alist-from-file")))
28280 ;;;***
28281 \f
28282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28283 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("speedbar-" "defimage-speedbar")))
28287 ;;;***
28288 \f
28289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28290 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28292 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28293 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28294 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28296 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28297 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28298 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28299 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28301 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28303 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28305 Commands:
28306 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28307 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28310 \(fn)" t nil)
28312 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28313 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28314 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28316 Commands:
28317 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28318 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28320 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28321 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28322 that variable's value is a string.
28324 \(fn)" t nil)
28326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("scheme-" "dsssl-")))
28328 ;;;***
28329 \f
28330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28331 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28333 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28334 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28335 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28339 \(fn)" t nil)
28341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-")))
28343 ;;;***
28344 \f
28345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28346 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28348 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28349 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28350 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28351 for a description of this minor mode.
28352 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28353 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28354 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28356 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28358 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28359 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28360 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28361 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28362 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28364 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28365 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28371 ;;;***
28372 \f
28373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28374 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("set-scroll-bar-mode" "scroll-bar-" "toggle-" "horizontal-scroll-bar" "get-scroll-bar-mode" "previous-scroll-bar-mode")))
28378 ;;;***
28379 \f
28380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28381 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28383 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28384 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28385 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28386 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28387 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28388 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28389 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28390 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28396 ;;;***
28397 \f
28398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28399 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28400 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28401 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28405 ;;;***
28406 \f
28407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28408 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28409 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28411 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28412 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28413 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28415 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28416 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28417 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28418 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28419 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28420 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28421 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28422 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28423 keybinding for tag names.
28424 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28425 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28426 of the symbol under point.
28427 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28428 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28429 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28430 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28431 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28432 syntax tokens.
28433 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28435 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28437 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28438 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28439 See the `semantic-mode' command
28440 for a description of this minor mode.
28441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28442 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28443 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28445 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28447 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28448 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28449 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28450 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28451 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28453 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28454 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28455 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28456 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28457 Semantic mode.
28461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("semantic-" "bovinate")))
28465 ;;;***
28466 \f
28467 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28468 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (0 0 0 0))
28469 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28471 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-a")))
28473 ;;;***
28474 \f
28475 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28476 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28477 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28481 ;;;***
28482 \f
28483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
28484 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28485 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
28487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyze")))
28489 ;;;***
28490 \f
28491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
28492 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28493 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
28495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28497 ;;;***
28498 \f
28499 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
28500 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (0 0 0 0))
28501 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
28503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic-")))
28505 ;;;***
28506 \f
28507 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
28508 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (0 0 0 0))
28509 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
28511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-")))
28513 ;;;***
28514 \f
28515 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
28516 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (0 0 0 0))
28517 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
28519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("semantic" "c++-mode" "c-mode")))
28521 ;;;***
28522 \f
28523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
28524 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28525 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
28527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-")))
28529 ;;;***
28530 \f
28531 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
28532 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (0 0 0 0))
28533 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
28535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("lisp-mode" "emacs-lisp-mode" "semantic-")))
28537 ;;;***
28538 \f
28539 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
28540 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28541 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
28543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-")))
28545 ;;;***
28546 \f
28547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
28548 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28549 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
28551 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
28552 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
28554 \(fn)" t nil)
28556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-")))
28558 ;;;***
28559 \f
28560 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
28561 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (0 0 0 0))
28562 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
28564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("semantic-" "makefile-mode")))
28566 ;;;***
28567 \f
28568 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
28569 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28570 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
28572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-")))
28574 ;;;***
28575 \f
28576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
28577 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
28580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-")))
28582 ;;;***
28583 \f
28584 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
28585 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28586 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
28588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-")))
28590 ;;;***
28591 \f
28592 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
28593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (0 0 0 0))
28594 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
28596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
28598 ;;;***
28599 \f
28600 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
28601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (0 0 0 0))
28602 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
28604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
28606 ;;;***
28607 \f
28608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
28609 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28610 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
28612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-")))
28614 ;;;***
28615 \f
28616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
28617 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
28620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("semanticdb-" "c++-mode")))
28622 ;;;***
28623 \f
28624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
28625 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
28628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("semanticdb-" "emacs-lisp-mode")))
28630 ;;;***
28631 \f
28632 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
28633 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
28634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
28636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
28638 ;;;***
28639 \f
28640 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
28641 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (0 0 0 0))
28642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
28644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
28646 ;;;***
28647 \f
28648 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
28649 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
28652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-")))
28654 ;;;***
28655 \f
28656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
28657 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
28660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("semanticdb-" "javascript-mode")))
28662 ;;;***
28663 \f
28664 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
28665 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
28668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
28670 ;;;***
28671 \f
28672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
28673 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
28676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-")))
28678 ;;;***
28679 \f
28680 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
28681 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
28684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-")))
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
28689 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
28690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
28692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
28694 ;;;***
28695 \f
28696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
28697 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
28700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-")))
28702 ;;;***
28703 \f
28704 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
28705 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (0 0 0 0))
28706 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
28708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
28710 ;;;***
28711 \f
28712 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
28713 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28714 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
28716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("semantic-" "define-semantic-decoration-style")))
28718 ;;;***
28719 \f
28720 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
28721 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
28724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("semantic-" "defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path")))
28726 ;;;***
28727 \f
28728 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
28729 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
28732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-doc")))
28734 ;;;***
28735 \f
28736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
28737 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
28740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-")))
28742 ;;;***
28743 \f
28744 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
28745 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
28746 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
28748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
28750 ;;;***
28751 \f
28752 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
28753 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (0 0 0 0))
28754 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
28756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-")))
28758 ;;;***
28759 \f
28760 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
28761 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (0 0 0 0))
28762 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
28764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-")))
28766 ;;;***
28767 \f
28768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
28769 ;;;;;; 0))
28770 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
28772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic")))
28774 ;;;***
28775 \f
28776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
28777 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28778 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
28780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic-")))
28782 ;;;***
28783 \f
28784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
28785 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28786 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
28788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
28790 ;;;***
28791 \f
28792 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
28793 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (0 0 0 0))
28794 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
28796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("html-helper-mode" "semantic-")))
28798 ;;;***
28799 \f
28800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
28801 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (0 0 0 0))
28802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
28804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-")))
28806 ;;;***
28807 \f
28808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
28809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (0 0 0 0))
28810 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
28812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-s")))
28814 ;;;***
28815 \f
28816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
28817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (0 0 0 0))
28818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
28820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "define-semantic-idle-service")))
28822 ;;;***
28823 \f
28824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
28825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
28826 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
28828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-")))
28830 ;;;***
28831 \f
28832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
28833 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28834 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
28836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-")))
28838 ;;;***
28839 \f
28840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
28841 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (0 0 0 0))
28842 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
28844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("semantic-" "define-lex")))
28846 ;;;***
28847 \f
28848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
28849 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (0 0 0 0))
28850 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
28852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("semantic-lex-" "define-lex-spp-")))
28854 ;;;***
28855 \f
28856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
28857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
28860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode")))
28862 ;;;***
28863 \f
28864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
28865 ;;;;;; 0))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
28868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
28870 ;;;***
28871 \f
28872 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
28873 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (0 0 0 0))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
28876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-")))
28878 ;;;***
28879 \f
28880 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
28881 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (0 0 0 0))
28882 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
28884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("semantic-up-reference" "senator-")))
28886 ;;;***
28887 \f
28888 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
28889 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
28890 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
28892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
28894 ;;;***
28895 \f
28896 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
28897 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (0 0 0 0))
28898 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
28900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
28902 ;;;***
28903 \f
28904 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
28905 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (0 0 0 0))
28906 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
28908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
28910 ;;;***
28911 \f
28912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
28913 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28914 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
28916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-")))
28918 ;;;***
28919 \f
28920 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
28921 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (0 0 0 0))
28922 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
28924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
28926 ;;;***
28927 \f
28928 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
28929 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
28930 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
28932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-")))
28934 ;;;***
28935 \f
28936 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
28937 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (0 0 0 0))
28938 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
28940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
28942 ;;;***
28943 \f
28944 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
28945 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (0 0 0 0))
28946 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
28948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
28950 ;;;***
28951 \f
28952 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
28953 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (0 0 0 0))
28954 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
28956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic-")))
28958 ;;;***
28959 \f
28960 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
28961 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
28962 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
28964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
28966 ;;;***
28967 \f
28968 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
28969 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (0 0 0 0))
28970 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
28972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-")))
28974 ;;;***
28975 \f
28976 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
28977 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (0 0 0 0))
28978 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
28980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-")))
28982 ;;;***
28983 \f
28984 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
28985 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
28986 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
28988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
28990 ;;;***
28991 \f
28992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
28993 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28994 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
28996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
28998 ;;;***
28999 \f
29000 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
29001 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (0 0 0 0))
29002 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
29004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
29006 ;;;***
29007 \f
29008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
29009 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29010 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
29012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("wisent-" "define-wisent-lexer")))
29014 ;;;***
29015 \f
29016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
29017 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29018 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
29020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
29022 ;;;***
29023 \f
29024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
29025 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29026 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
29028 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
29029 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
29031 \(fn)" t nil)
29033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-")))
29035 ;;;***
29036 \f
29037 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
29038 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (0 0 0 0))
29039 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
29041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-" "wisent-java-parse-error")))
29043 ;;;***
29044 \f
29045 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
29046 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (0 0 0 0))
29047 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
29049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("js-mode" "semantic-" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
29051 ;;;***
29052 \f
29053 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
29054 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
29055 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
29057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("wisent-python-" "semantic-" "python-")))
29059 ;;;***
29060 \f
29061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
29062 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29063 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
29065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("wisent-" "$region" "$nterm" "$action")))
29067 ;;;***
29068 \f
29069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29070 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
29072 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
29075 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
29076 king@grassland.com
29077 If `parens', they look like:
29078 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
29079 If `angles', they look like:
29080 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
29082 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
29083 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
29085 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
29087 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
29088 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
29089 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
29090 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
29092 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
29093 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
29094 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
29095 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
29097 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
29099 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
29100 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
29101 This is done when the message is initialized,
29102 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
29104 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
29106 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
29107 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
29108 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
29110 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
29112 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
29113 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
29114 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
29115 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
29116 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
29117 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
29118 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
29120 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
29122 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
29123 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
29125 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
29127 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29128 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29129 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29130 be a Babyl file.")
29132 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29134 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29135 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
29136 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29137 when you first send mail.")
29139 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29141 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29142 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29143 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29144 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29145 This file need not actually exist.")
29147 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29149 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29150 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29152 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29154 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29155 Alist of mail address aliases,
29156 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29157 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29158 can specify a different file name.)
29159 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29160 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29162 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29163 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29164 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29166 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29168 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29169 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29170 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29172 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29174 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29175 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29176 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29177 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29178 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29179 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29180 in the cited portion of the message.
29182 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29183 instead of no action.")
29185 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29187 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29188 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29189 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29190 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29191 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29193 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29195 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29196 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29197 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29198 If a string, that string is inserted.
29200 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29201 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29202 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29204 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29206 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29207 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29209 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29211 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29212 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29213 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29215 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29216 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29218 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29220 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29221 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29222 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29223 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29225 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29227 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29228 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29229 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29231 \(fn)" nil nil)
29233 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29235 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29238 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29240 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29241 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29242 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29247 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29259 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29260 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29262 \(fn)" t nil)
29264 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29265 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29267 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29269 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29271 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29272 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29273 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29274 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29275 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29276 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29278 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29279 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29280 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29282 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29283 User should not set this variable manually,
29284 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29285 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29286 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29288 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29289 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29290 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29291 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29293 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29294 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29299 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29300 to move to message header fields:
29303 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
29304 when the message is initialized.
29306 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29307 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
29309 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
29310 is inserted.
29312 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29313 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29315 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29316 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29317 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29318 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29319 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29320 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29321 buffer without erasing the contents.
29323 The second through fifth arguments,
29324 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29325 the initial contents of those header fields.
29326 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29327 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29328 original message being replied to, or else an action
29329 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29330 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29331 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29332 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29333 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29334 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29336 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29338 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29339 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29341 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29343 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29344 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29346 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29350 ;;;***
29351 \f
29352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29354 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 19)) package--builtin-versions)
29356 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-")))
29358 ;;;***
29359 \f
29360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29361 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29363 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29365 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29367 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29369 (defvar server-name "server" "\
29370 The name of the Emacs server, if this Emacs process creates one.
29371 The command `server-start' makes use of this. It should not be
29372 changed while a server is running.")
29374 (custom-autoload 'server-name "server" t)
29376 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29377 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29378 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29380 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29383 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29384 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29386 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29387 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29388 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29393 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29395 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29396 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29397 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29398 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29400 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29402 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29403 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29404 See the `server-mode' command
29405 for a description of this minor mode.
29406 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29407 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29408 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29410 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29412 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29413 Toggle Server mode.
29414 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29415 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29416 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29418 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29419 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29420 `server-start' for details.
29422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29424 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29425 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29426 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29428 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29429 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29431 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-")))
29435 ;;;***
29436 \f
29437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
29438 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29440 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29441 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29443 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29444 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29445 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29446 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29447 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29449 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29450 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29451 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29452 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29453 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29454 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29456 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29457 displayed.
29459 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29460 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29461 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29464 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29466 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29467 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29470 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29471 part):
29473 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29474 formula:
29477 \(fn)" t nil)
29479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("ses" "noreturn" "1value")))
29481 ;;;***
29482 \f
29483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29484 ;;;;;; 0))
29485 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
29487 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29488 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
29489 Makes > match <.
29491 `sgml-quick-keys'.
29493 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
29494 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
29495 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
29498 in your init file.
29506 \(fn)" t nil)
29508 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29509 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
29510 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
29511 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
29513 which this is based.
29515 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29517 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
29518 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
29519 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
29520 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
29522 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
29523 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
29524 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
29526 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
29527 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
29528 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
29529 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
29534 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
29538 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
29539 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
29540 To work around that, do:
29545 \(fn)" t nil)
29547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("html-" "sgml-")))
29549 ;;;***
29550 \f
29551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
29552 ;;;;;; 0))
29553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
29554 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
29555 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29557 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
29558 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
29559 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
29560 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
29561 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
29562 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
29564 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
29565 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
29566 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
29567 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
29568 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
29570 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
29571 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
29572 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
29585 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
29589 would indent to the way it currently is.
29591 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
29600 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
29601 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
29602 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
29604 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
29605 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
29606 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
29609 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
29611 \(fn)" t nil)
29613 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
29615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-")))
29617 ;;;***
29618 \f
29619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
29620 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
29622 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
29623 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
29625 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
29626 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
29627 else prints messages listing any shadows.
29629 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
29630 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
29631 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
29633 the earlier.
29635 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
29639 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
29640 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
29643 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
29644 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
29646 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
29647 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
29648 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
29649 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
29650 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
29651 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
29652 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
29653 Emacs version).
29655 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
29656 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
29657 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
29658 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
29659 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
29661 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
29662 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
29664 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
29666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
29668 ;;;***
29669 \f
29670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
29671 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
29673 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
29674 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
29675 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
29676 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
29677 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
29678 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
29679 sites in the cluster.
29681 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
29683 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
29684 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
29685 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
29686 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
29687 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
29689 \(fn)" t nil)
29691 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
29692 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
29693 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
29694 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
29695 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
29696 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
29697 `shadow-define-cluster').
29699 \(fn)" t nil)
29701 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
29702 Set up file shadowing.
29704 \(fn)" t nil)
29706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow")))
29708 ;;;***
29709 \f
29710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
29711 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
29714 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
29715 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
29716 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
29717 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
29718 arguments.")
29720 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
29722 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
29723 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
29724 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
29725 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
29726 to change if called with a prefix arg.
29728 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
29729 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
29730 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
29731 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
29732 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
29733 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
29734 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
29735 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
29736 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
29737 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
29738 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
29740 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
29743 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
29744 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
29745 `default-process-coding-system'.
29747 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
29748 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
29749 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
29750 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
29754 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("shell-" "dirs" "explicit-")))
29758 ;;;***
29759 \f
29760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
29761 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
29763 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
29764 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
29766 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29768 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
29769 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
29770 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
29771 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
29773 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
29775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-")))
29777 ;;;***
29778 \f
29779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
29780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
29782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
29784 ;;;***
29785 \f
29786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
29787 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
29789 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
29792 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
29794 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
29797 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29799 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
29802 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29804 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
29807 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
29811 ;;;***
29812 \f
29813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
29814 ;;;;;; 0))
29815 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
29817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-")))
29819 ;;;***
29820 \f
29821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29822 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
29824 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
29825 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
29826 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
29827 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
29828 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
29830 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
29832 \(fn)" t nil)
29834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
29836 ;;;***
29837 \f
29838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
29839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
29841 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
29842 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
29844 Variables controlling indentation style:
29845 `simula-tab-always-indent'
29846 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
29847 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29848 `simula-indent-level'
29849 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
29850 `simula-substatement-offset'
29851 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
29852 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
29853 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
29854 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
29855 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
29856 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
29857 `simula-label-offset' -4711
29858 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
29859 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
29860 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
29861 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
29862 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
29863 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
29864 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
29865 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
29866 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
29867 `simula-electric-indent' nil
29868 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
29869 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
29870 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
29871 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
29872 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
29873 or nil if they should not be changed.
29874 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
29875 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
29876 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
29877 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
29879 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
29880 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
29882 \(fn)" t nil)
29884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
29886 ;;;***
29887 \f
29888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
29889 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
29891 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
29892 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
29894 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
29895 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
29896 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
29897 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
29899 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
29901 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
29903 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
29904 Insert SKELETON.
29905 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
29906 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
29907 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
29908 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
29911 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
29912 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
29914 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
29916 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
29917 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
29919 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
29920 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
29921 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
29922 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
29924 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
29925 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
29926 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
29927 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
29929 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
29930 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
29931 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
29933 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
29934 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
29936 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
29937 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
29940 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
29941 is at bol/eol
29942 _ interesting point, interregion here
29943 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
29944 interesting point set by _
29945 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
29946 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
29947 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
29948 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
29949 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
29950 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
29951 nil skipped
29953 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
29954 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
29957 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
29959 as the first element when at bol.
29961 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
29962 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
29963 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
29965 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
29967 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
29968 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
29970 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
29971 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
29972 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
29973 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
29974 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
29975 available:
29977 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
29978 then: insert previously read string once more
29979 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
29980 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
29981 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
29983 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
29984 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
29986 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
29988 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
29989 Insert the character you type ARG times.
29991 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
29992 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
29993 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
29994 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
29995 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
29996 such as backslash.
29998 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
29999 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
30000 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
30001 twice for the others.
30003 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
30007 ;;;***
30008 \f
30009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30010 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
30012 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
30013 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
30014 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
30015 buffer names.
30017 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
30019 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
30020 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
30021 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
30022 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
30023 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30028 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
30029 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
30030 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
30032 \(fn)" t nil)
30034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-")))
30036 ;;;***
30037 \f
30038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
30039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
30041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-")))
30043 ;;;***
30044 \f
30045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
30046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
30048 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
30049 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
30050 A list of images is returned.
30052 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30054 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
30055 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
30056 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
30058 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("smiley-" "gnus-smiley-file-types")))
30062 ;;;***
30063 \f
30064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
30065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
30067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime")))
30069 ;;;***
30070 \f
30071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
30072 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
30074 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
30077 \(fn)" nil nil)
30079 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
30080 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
30082 \(fn)" t nil)
30084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
30086 ;;;***
30087 \f
30088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
30089 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
30091 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
30092 Play the Snake game.
30093 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
30095 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
30097 Snake mode keybindings:
30107 \(fn)" t nil)
30109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
30111 ;;;***
30112 \f
30113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30114 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
30116 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30117 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
30118 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30119 Tab indents for C code.
30120 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30121 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30123 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
30124 `snmp-mode-hook'.
30126 \(fn)" t nil)
30128 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30129 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30130 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30131 Tab indents for C code.
30132 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30133 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30135 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30136 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30138 \(fn)" t nil)
30140 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp")))
30142 ;;;***
30143 \f
30144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30145 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30146 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30150 ;;;***
30151 \f
30152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30153 ;;;;;; 0))
30154 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30156 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-")))
30158 ;;;***
30159 \f
30160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30161 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30165 ;;;***
30166 \f
30167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30168 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30170 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30171 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30172 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30173 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30174 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30176 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("solar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset" "calendar-")))
30182 ;;;***
30183 \f
30184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30185 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30187 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30188 Play Solitaire.
30192 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30196 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30197 check after each move or undo.)
30199 What is Solitaire?
30201 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30202 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30203 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30205 Le Solitaire
30206 ============
30208 o o o
30210 o o o
30212 o o o o o o o
30214 o o o . o o o
30216 o o o o o o o
30218 o o o
30220 o o o
30222 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30223 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30224 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30225 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30227 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30228 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30229 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30230 this: o o .
30232 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30233 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30235 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30237 o o o
30239 . o o
30241 o o . o o o o
30243 o . o o o o o
30245 o o o o o o o
30247 o o o
30249 o o o
30251 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30255 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30257 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30259 ;;;***
30260 \f
30261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30262 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30263 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30265 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30266 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30268 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30269 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30270 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30271 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30272 contiguous.
30274 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30275 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30276 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30277 the sort order.
30279 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30280 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30282 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30283 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30284 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30285 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30286 is called.
30288 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30289 It should move point to the end of the record.
30291 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30292 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30293 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30294 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30295 starts at the beginning of the record.
30297 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30298 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30299 same as ENDRECFUN.
30301 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30302 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30303 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30304 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30305 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30306 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30307 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30309 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30311 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30312 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30313 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30314 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30315 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30316 the sort order.
30318 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30320 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30321 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30322 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30323 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30324 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30325 the sort order.
30327 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30329 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30330 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30331 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30332 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30333 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30334 the sort order.
30336 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30337 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30339 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30340 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30341 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30342 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30344 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30345 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30346 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30347 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30349 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30351 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30352 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30353 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30354 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30355 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30356 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30357 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30358 the sort order.
30360 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30362 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30363 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
30364 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30365 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30367 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30370 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30371 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30373 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30375 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30376 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30377 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30379 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30381 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30382 the sort order.
30384 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30388 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30390 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30391 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30392 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30393 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30394 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30395 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30396 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30397 the sort order.
30399 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30400 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30401 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30402 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30405 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30407 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30408 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30409 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30411 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30413 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30414 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30415 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30416 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30417 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30418 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30419 each repeated line.
30421 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30422 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30423 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30424 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30426 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30427 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30429 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30430 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30432 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30436 ;;;***
30437 \f
30438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30439 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex")))
30443 ;;;***
30444 \f
30445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30448 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30449 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30450 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30451 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30452 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30453 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30455 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30459 ;;;***
30460 \f
30461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30462 ;;;;;; 0))
30463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30465 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30466 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
30468 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
30469 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
30470 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
30472 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
30474 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
30475 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
30476 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
30477 server.
30479 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30481 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
30482 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
30483 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
30485 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30487 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
30488 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
30490 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
30491 Agent is plugged.
30493 \(fn)" t nil)
30495 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
30496 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
30497 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
30500 \(fn)" t nil)
30502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
30504 ;;;***
30505 \f
30506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
30507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
30509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size")))
30511 ;;;***
30512 \f
30513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
30514 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
30516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-")))
30518 ;;;***
30519 \f
30520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30521 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
30523 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
30525 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
30526 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
30527 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
30528 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
30529 supported at a time.
30530 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
30531 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
30533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30535 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
30536 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
30537 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
30538 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
30540 \(fn)" t nil)
30542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
30544 ;;;***
30545 \f
30546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
30547 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
30549 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
30550 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
30552 \(fn)" t nil)
30554 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
30555 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
30557 \(fn)" nil nil)
30559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrase")))
30561 ;;;***
30562 \f
30563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
30564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
30565 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
30567 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
30568 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
30570 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
30571 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
30572 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
30573 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
30574 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
30575 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
30576 of the current highlighting list.
30578 For example:
30583 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
30584 `_t' as data types.
30586 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
30588 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
30589 Major mode to edit SQL.
30591 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
30593 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
30596 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
30598 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
30599 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
30602 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
30605 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
30606 `sql-interactive-mode'.
30608 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
30609 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
30610 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
30613 (lambda ()
30616 \(fn)" t nil)
30618 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
30619 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
30621 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
30622 their settings.
30624 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
30625 is specified in the connection settings.
30627 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30629 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
30630 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
30632 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30633 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
30635 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
30642 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30644 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
30645 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
30647 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30648 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30649 `*SQL*'.
30651 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
30652 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30653 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
30654 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
30656 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30657 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30662 buffer.
30664 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30667 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30668 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30669 `default-process-coding-system'.
30673 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30675 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
30676 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
30678 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30679 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30680 `*SQL*'.
30682 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
30683 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
30684 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30685 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
30687 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30688 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30693 buffer.
30695 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30698 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30699 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30700 `default-process-coding-system'.
30704 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30706 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
30707 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
30709 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30710 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30711 `*SQL*'.
30713 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
30714 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30716 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30717 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30722 buffer.
30724 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30727 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30728 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30729 `default-process-coding-system'.
30733 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30735 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
30736 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
30738 SQLite is free software.
30740 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30741 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30742 `*SQL*'.
30744 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
30745 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30746 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30747 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
30749 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30750 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30755 buffer.
30757 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30760 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30761 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30762 `default-process-coding-system'.
30766 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30768 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
30769 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
30771 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
30773 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30774 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30775 `*SQL*'.
30777 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
30778 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30779 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30780 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
30782 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30783 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30788 buffer.
30790 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30793 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30794 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30795 `default-process-coding-system'.
30799 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30801 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
30802 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
30804 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30805 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30806 `*SQL*'.
30808 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
30809 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
30810 defaults, if set.
30812 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30813 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30818 buffer.
30820 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30823 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30824 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30825 `default-process-coding-system'.
30829 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30831 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
30832 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
30834 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30835 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30836 `*SQL*'.
30838 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
30839 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30841 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30842 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30847 buffer.
30849 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30852 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30853 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30854 `default-process-coding-system'.
30858 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30860 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
30861 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
30863 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30864 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30865 `*SQL*'.
30867 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
30868 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
30869 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
30870 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
30872 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30873 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30878 buffer.
30880 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30883 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30884 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30885 `default-process-coding-system'.
30889 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30891 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
30892 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
30894 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30895 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30896 `*SQL*'.
30898 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
30899 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
30900 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
30901 `sql-postgres-options'.
30903 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30904 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30909 buffer.
30911 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30914 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30915 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30916 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
30917 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
30918 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
30920 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
30925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30927 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
30928 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
30930 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30931 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30932 `*SQL*'.
30934 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
30935 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30936 defaults, if set.
30938 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30939 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30944 buffer.
30946 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30949 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30950 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30951 `default-process-coding-system'.
30955 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30957 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
30958 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
30960 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30961 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30962 `*SQL*'.
30964 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
30965 automatic login.
30967 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30968 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30971 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
30972 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
30973 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
30978 buffer.
30980 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30983 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30984 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30985 `default-process-coding-system'.
30989 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30991 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
30992 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
30994 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30995 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30996 `*SQL*'.
30998 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
30999 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
31000 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31001 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
31002 parameters.
31004 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
31005 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
31006 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
31007 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
31008 an empty password.
31010 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31011 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31016 buffer.
31020 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31022 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
31023 Run vsql as an inferior process.
31025 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-")))
31029 ;;;***
31030 \f
31031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31032 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
31033 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
31037 ;;;***
31038 \f
31039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
31040 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31041 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
31043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-")))
31045 ;;;***
31046 \f
31047 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
31048 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
31049 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
31051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-")))
31053 ;;;***
31054 \f
31055 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
31056 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
31057 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
31059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-")))
31061 ;;;***
31062 \f
31063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
31064 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31065 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
31067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-")))
31069 ;;;***
31070 \f
31071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
31072 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31073 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
31075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-")))
31077 ;;;***
31078 \f
31079 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
31080 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (0 0 0 0))
31081 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
31083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
31085 ;;;***
31086 \f
31087 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
31088 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31089 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
31091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
31093 ;;;***
31094 \f
31095 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
31096 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (0 0 0 0))
31097 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
31099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-")))
31101 ;;;***
31102 \f
31103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31104 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31105 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
31107 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract")))
31109 ;;;***
31110 \f
31111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
31112 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31113 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
31115 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
31117 ;;;***
31118 \f
31119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
31120 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31121 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
31123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
31125 ;;;***
31126 \f
31127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31128 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31129 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31133 ;;;***
31134 \f
31135 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31136 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (0 0 0 0))
31137 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-")))
31141 ;;;***
31142 \f
31143 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31144 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (0 0 0 0))
31145 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-")))
31149 ;;;***
31150 \f
31151 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31152 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
31153 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-")))
31157 ;;;***
31158 \f
31159 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31160 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31161 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31165 ;;;***
31166 \f
31167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31168 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31169 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31173 ;;;***
31174 \f
31175 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31176 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (0 0 0 0))
31177 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-")))
31181 ;;;***
31182 \f
31183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31184 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31185 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31187 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31188 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31190 \(fn)" t nil)
31192 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("semantic-" "srecode-")))
31196 ;;;***
31197 \f
31198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31199 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31200 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("srecode-" "object-sort-list")))
31204 ;;;***
31205 \f
31206 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31207 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (0 0 0 0))
31208 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31210 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31212 ;;;***
31213 \f
31214 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31215 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
31216 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "srecode-texi-")))
31220 ;;;***
31221 \f
31222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
31223 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
31225 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
31226 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
31227 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
31228 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
31229 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
31230 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
31231 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
31232 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
31233 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
31234 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
31235 with any buffer
31236 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
31237 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
31238 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
31239 GnuTLS requires a port number.
31241 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
31243 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "starttls" '("starttls-")))
31245 ;;;***
31246 \f
31247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31248 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31250 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31251 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31252 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31253 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31254 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31255 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31257 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31259 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31261 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31262 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31263 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31264 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31265 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31266 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31267 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31269 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31271 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31272 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31273 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31274 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31275 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31276 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31277 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31279 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31281 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31282 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31283 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31285 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31287 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31288 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31289 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31291 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31293 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31294 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31296 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31298 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31299 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31301 \(fn)" t nil)
31303 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31304 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31306 \(fn)" t nil)
31308 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31309 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31311 by command name.
31312 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31314 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31316 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31317 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31318 See the `strokes-mode' command
31319 for a description of this minor mode.
31320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31322 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31324 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31326 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31327 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31328 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31329 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31330 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31333 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31338 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31347 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31348 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31349 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31350 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31352 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31354 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31355 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31357 \(fn)" t nil)
31359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31361 ;;;***
31362 \f
31363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31364 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31366 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31367 Studlify-case the region.
31369 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31371 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31372 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31374 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31376 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31377 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31379 \(fn)" t nil)
31381 ;;;***
31382 \f
31383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("read-multiple-choice" "string-" "hash-table-" "when-let" "internal--" "if-let" "thread-")))
31388 ;;;***
31389 \f
31390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31393 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31395 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31396 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31397 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31398 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31399 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31401 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31402 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31403 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31406 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31407 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31408 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31410 Nomenclature Subwords
31411 ===========================================================
31416 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31417 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31423 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31424 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31425 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31426 for a description of this minor mode.
31427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31428 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31429 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31431 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31433 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31434 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31435 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31436 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31437 ARG is omitted or nil.
31439 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31440 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31441 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31445 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31446 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31447 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31448 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31449 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31451 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31452 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31453 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31460 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
31461 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
31462 See the `global-superword-mode' command
31463 for a description of this minor mode.
31464 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31465 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31466 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
31468 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
31470 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
31471 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
31472 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
31473 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31474 ARG is omitted or nil.
31476 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31477 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
31478 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
31480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("superword-mode-map" "subword-")))
31484 ;;;***
31485 \f
31486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
31487 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
31489 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
31490 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
31491 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
31492 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
31493 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
31494 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
31495 original message but it does require a few things:
31497 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
31499 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
31500 reply buffer.
31502 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
31503 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
31504 original message.
31506 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
31508 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
31510 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
31511 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
31512 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
31514 \(fn)" nil nil)
31516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
31518 ;;;***
31519 \f
31520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
31521 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
31523 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-")))
31525 ;;;***
31526 \f
31527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31528 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
31530 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
31532 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
31533 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31534 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
31535 for a description of this minor mode.
31536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31537 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31538 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
31540 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
31542 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
31543 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
31544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
31545 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31546 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31548 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
31549 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
31550 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
31552 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
31553 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
31554 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
31556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-")))
31560 ;;;***
31561 \f
31562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
31563 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
31565 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
31566 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
31567 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31568 buffer.
31570 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31571 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31572 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31574 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31576 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
31577 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
31578 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
31579 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
31580 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31581 buffer.
31583 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31584 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31585 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31587 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
31591 ;;;***
31592 \f
31593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
31594 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
31596 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
31597 Insert an editable text table.
31598 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
31599 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
31600 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
31601 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
31602 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
31603 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
31604 delimiting them.
31606 Examples:
31610 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
31611 location of point.
31613 -!-
31616 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
31617 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
31618 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
31619 first cell.
31621 +-----+-----+-----+
31622 |-!- | | |
31623 +-----+-----+-----+
31627 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
31628 width, which results as
31630 +--------------+-----+-----+
31631 |-!- | | |
31632 +--------------+-----+-----+
31634 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
31635 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
31637 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31638 | | |-!- |
31639 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31641 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
31642 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
31643 width information to `table-insert'.
31645 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
31647 instead of
31649 Cell width(s): 5
31651 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
31652 work all together.
31654 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
31657 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31658 |-!- | | |
31659 | | | |
31660 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31664 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31665 |-!- | | |
31666 | | | |
31667 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31668 | | | |
31669 | | | |
31670 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31672 Move the point under the table as shown below.
31674 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31675 | | | |
31676 | | | |
31677 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31678 | | | |
31679 | | | |
31680 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31681 -!-
31683 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
31684 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
31685 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
31687 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31688 | | | |
31689 | | | |
31690 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31691 | | | |
31692 | | | |
31693 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31694 |-!- | | |
31695 | | | |
31696 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31698 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
31699 results.
31701 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31702 | | | |
31703 | | | |
31704 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31705 | | |Text editing inside the table |
31706 | | |cell produces reasonably |
31707 | | |expected results.-!- |
31708 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31709 | | | |
31710 | | | |
31711 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31713 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
31717 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
31719 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
31720 Insert N table row(s).
31721 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
31722 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
31723 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
31724 are appended at the bottom of the table.
31726 \(fn N)" t nil)
31728 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
31729 Insert N table column(s).
31730 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
31731 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
31732 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
31733 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
31735 \(fn N)" t nil)
31737 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
31738 Insert row(s) or column(s).
31739 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
31741 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
31743 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
31744 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
31745 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
31746 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
31747 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
31748 all the table specific features.
31750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31752 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
31755 \(fn)" t nil)
31757 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
31758 Recognize all tables within region.
31759 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
31760 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
31761 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
31762 specific features.
31764 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31766 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
31769 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
31771 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
31772 Recognize a table at point.
31773 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
31774 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
31775 the table specific features.
31777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31779 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
31782 \(fn)" t nil)
31784 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
31785 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
31786 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
31787 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
31788 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
31789 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
31790 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
31792 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
31794 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
31797 \(fn)" t nil)
31799 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
31800 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
31801 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
31802 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
31803 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
31804 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
31805 specified.
31807 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31809 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
31810 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
31811 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
31812 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
31813 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
31814 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
31815 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
31816 table structure.
31818 \(fn N)" t nil)
31820 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
31821 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
31822 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
31823 table's rectangle structure.
31825 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31827 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
31828 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
31829 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
31830 table's rectangle structure.
31832 \(fn N)" t nil)
31834 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
31835 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
31836 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31837 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
31838 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
31840 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
31842 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
31846 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
31847 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
31848 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
31849 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
31850 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
31851 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
31852 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
31854 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31855 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
31856 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
31857 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
31858 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
31859 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
31860 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31862 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
31863 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
31864 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
31865 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
31866 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
31867 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
31868 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
31869 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31871 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
31873 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
31874 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
31875 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31876 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
31878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31880 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
31881 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
31882 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
31884 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
31886 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
31887 Split current cell vertically.
31888 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
31890 \(fn)" t nil)
31892 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
31893 Split current cell horizontally.
31894 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
31896 \(fn)" t nil)
31898 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
31899 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
31900 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
31902 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
31904 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
31905 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
31906 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
31907 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
31909 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31911 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
31912 Justify cell contents.
31913 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
31914 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
31915 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
31916 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
31918 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
31920 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
31921 Justify cells of a row.
31922 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31923 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31925 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31927 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
31928 Justify cells of a column.
31929 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31930 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31932 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31934 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
31935 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
31936 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
31937 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
31938 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
31939 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
31940 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
31942 run-time.
31944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31946 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
31947 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
31948 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
31949 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
31950 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
31951 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
31952 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
31953 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
31954 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
31955 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
31956 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
31958 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
31960 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
31961 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
31962 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
31963 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
31964 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
31965 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
31966 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
31967 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
31968 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
31969 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
31970 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
31971 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
31972 untouched.
31974 References used for this implementation:
31976 HTML:
31977 URL `http://www.w3.org'
31979 LaTeX:
31980 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
31982 CALS (DocBook DTD):
31983 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
31984 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
31986 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
31988 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
31989 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
31990 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
31991 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
31992 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
31993 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
31994 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
31995 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
31996 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
31997 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
31998 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
31999 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
32000 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
32001 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
32002 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
32003 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
32004 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
32006 Example:
32008 (progn
32009 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
32010 (table-forward-cell 15)
32012 (table-forward-cell 16)
32014 (table-forward-cell 1)
32017 (progn
32018 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
32020 (table-forward-cell 1)
32023 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32025 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
32026 Delete N row(s) of cells.
32027 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
32028 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
32029 consists from cells of same height.
32031 \(fn N)" t nil)
32033 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
32034 Delete N column(s) of cells.
32035 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
32036 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
32037 column must consists from cells of same width.
32039 \(fn N)" t nil)
32041 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
32042 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
32043 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
32044 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
32045 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
32046 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
32047 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
32048 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
32049 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
32050 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
32051 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
32052 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
32053 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
32054 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
32055 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
32058 Example 1:
32060 1, 2, 3, 4
32061 5, 6, 7, 8
32062 , 9, 10
32064 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
32066 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
32067 specified as 5.
32069 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32070 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
32071 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32072 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
32073 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32074 | | 9 | 10 | |
32075 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32077 Note:
32081 of each row is optional.
32084 Example 2:
32086 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
32087 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
32088 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
32089 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
32090 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
32092 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
32093 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
32095 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
32096 expression and raw delimiter regular
32097 expression, it parses the specified text
32098 area and extracts cell items from
32099 non-table text and then forms a table out
32100 of them.
32102 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
32103 creates a single cell table. The text in
32104 the specified region is placed in that
32105 cell.-*-
32107 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
32108 like this.
32110 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32111 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32112 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32113 | |
32114 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
32115 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
32116 | expression, it parses the specified text |
32117 | area and extracts cell items from |
32118 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
32119 | of them. |
32120 | |
32121 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
32122 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
32123 | the specified region is placed in that |
32124 | cell. |
32125 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32127 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32128 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32129 independently.
32131 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32132 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32133 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32134 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32135 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32136 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32137 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32138 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32139 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32140 | |of them. |
32141 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32142 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32143 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32144 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32145 | |cell. |
32146 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32148 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32149 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32150 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32152 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32154 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32155 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32156 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32157 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32158 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32160 \(fn)" t nil)
32162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("table-" "*table--")))
32164 ;;;***
32165 \f
32166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
32167 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32168 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
32169 (push (purecopy '(tabulated-list 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32171 ;;;***
32172 \f
32173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32174 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32176 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32177 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32179 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32181 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32182 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32184 \(fn)" t nil)
32186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32188 ;;;***
32189 \f
32190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32191 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32193 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32194 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32195 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32196 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32197 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32198 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32199 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32201 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32203 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32204 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32206 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32209 \(fn)" t nil)
32211 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-")))
32213 ;;;***
32214 \f
32215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32218 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32219 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32220 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32221 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32222 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32223 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32225 Variables controlling indentation style:
32226 `tcl-indent-level'
32227 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32228 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32229 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32231 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32232 documentation for details):
32233 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32234 Controls action of TAB key.
32235 `tcl-auto-newline'
32236 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32237 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32238 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32239 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32240 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32242 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32243 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32244 already exist.
32246 \(fn)" t nil)
32248 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32249 Run inferior Tcl process.
32250 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32251 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32253 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32255 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32256 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32257 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32259 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("tcl-" "calculate-tcl-indent" "inferior-tcl-" "indent-tcl-exp" "add-log-tcl-defun" "run-tcl" "switch-to-tcl")))
32263 ;;;***
32264 \f
32265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32266 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise")))
32271 ;;;***
32272 \f
32273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32274 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32275 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep")))
32279 ;;;***
32280 \f
32281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32284 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32285 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32286 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32289 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32290 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32291 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32292 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32293 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32295 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32297 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32298 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32299 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32300 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32302 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32304 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("telnet-" "send-process-next-char")))
32306 ;;;***
32307 \f
32308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32309 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32313 ;;;***
32314 \f
32315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32316 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32318 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32319 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32320 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32321 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32322 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32323 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32325 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32327 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32328 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32329 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32330 commands to use in that buffer.
32334 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32336 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32337 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32339 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32341 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32342 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32343 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32346 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32347 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32348 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32349 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32350 use in that buffer.
32353 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("serial-" "term-" "ansi-term-color-vector" "explicit-shell-file-name")))
32357 ;;;***
32358 \f
32359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32360 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32363 (autoload 'testcover-start "testcover" "\
32364 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
32365 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
32366 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
32367 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
32369 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
32371 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32372 Start coverage on function under point.
32374 \(fn)" t nil)
32376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-")))
32378 ;;;***
32379 \f
32380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32381 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32382 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32384 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32385 Play the Tetris game.
32386 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32387 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32388 as to form complete rows.
32390 tetris-mode keybindings:
32401 \(fn)" t nil)
32403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32405 ;;;***
32406 \f
32407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32408 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32410 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32411 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32413 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32415 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32416 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32417 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32421 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32423 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32424 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32425 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32426 if it matches the first line of the file,
32427 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32429 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32431 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32432 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32433 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32434 if the variable is non-nil.")
32436 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32438 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32441 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32443 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32444 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32445 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32446 See the documentation of that variable.")
32448 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32450 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32451 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32452 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32453 See the documentation of that variable.")
32455 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32457 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32458 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32459 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32460 See the documentation of that variable.")
32462 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32464 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
32465 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
32466 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
32467 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
32468 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32470 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
32473 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
32474 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
32475 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32477 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
32479 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
32480 User defined LaTeX block names.
32481 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
32483 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
32485 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
32486 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
32487 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32488 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32490 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
32492 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32494 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32495 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32497 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32499 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32501 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32502 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
32504 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
32505 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
32506 for example,
32508 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32512 use.")
32514 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32516 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
32518 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
32519 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32520 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
32522 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
32524 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
32526 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
32530 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
32532 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
32533 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
32534 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
32535 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
32536 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
32538 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
32540 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32543 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
32545 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32548 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
32550 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32551 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
32552 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
32553 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
32554 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
32555 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
32556 says which mode to use.
32558 \(fn)" t nil)
32560 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
32562 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
32564 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
32566 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32567 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
32568 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32573 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
32581 mismatched $'s or braces.
32583 Special commands:
32586 Mode variables:
32587 tex-run-command
32589 tex-directory
32590 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
32592 tex-dvi-print-command
32594 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32596 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32597 tex-dvi-view-command
32599 tex-show-queue-command
32603 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32604 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
32605 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32607 \(fn)" t nil)
32609 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32610 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
32611 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32624 mismatched $'s or braces.
32626 Special commands:
32629 Mode variables:
32630 latex-run-command
32632 tex-directory
32633 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
32635 tex-dvi-print-command
32637 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32639 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32640 tex-dvi-view-command
32642 tex-show-queue-command
32646 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
32647 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
32648 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32650 \(fn)" t nil)
32652 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32653 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
32654 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32667 mismatched $'s or braces.
32669 Special commands:
32672 Mode variables:
32673 slitex-run-command
32675 tex-directory
32676 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
32678 tex-dvi-print-command
32680 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32682 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32683 tex-dvi-view-command
32685 tex-show-queue-command
32689 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32690 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
32691 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
32692 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32694 \(fn)" t nil)
32696 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
32699 \(fn)" nil nil)
32701 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32702 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
32704 \(fn)" t nil)
32706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("tex-" "doctex-font-lock-" "latex-" "plain-tex-mode-map")))
32708 ;;;***
32709 \f
32710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32711 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
32713 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
32714 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
32715 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32716 name specified in the @setfilename command.
32718 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
32719 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
32720 `Info-split' to do these manually.
32722 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32724 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
32725 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
32726 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
32728 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
32730 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
32732 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
32733 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
32734 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32735 names specified in the @setfilename command.
32737 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
32738 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
32739 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
32740 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
32742 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
32743 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
32745 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("batch-texinfo-format" "texinf")))
32749 ;;;***
32750 \f
32751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32752 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
32754 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32757 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
32759 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32762 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
32764 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
32765 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
32767 It has these extra commands:
32770 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
32772 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
32773 modified version of TeX input format.
32775 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
32776 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
32777 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
32781 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
32782 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
32783 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
32784 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
32786 in the Texinfo file.
32788 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
32789 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
32790 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
32792 move forward past the closing brace.
32794 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
32795 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
32797 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
32798 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
32799 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
32801 Here are the functions:
32805 texinfo-sequential-node-update
32809 texinfo-master-menu
32811 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
32813 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
32814 which menu descriptions are indented.
32816 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
32817 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
32818 in the region.
32820 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
32821 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
32822 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
32823 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
32825 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
32826 be the first node in the file.
32828 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
32829 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
32831 \(fn)" t nil)
32833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
32835 ;;;***
32836 \f
32837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
32838 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32839 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
32841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
32843 ;;;***
32844 \f
32845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
32846 ;;;;;; 0))
32847 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
32849 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
32850 Compose Thai characters in the region.
32851 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32852 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
32854 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32856 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
32857 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
32859 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
32861 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
32862 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
32864 \(fn)" t nil)
32866 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
32869 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
32871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal" "thai-")))
32873 ;;;***
32874 \f
32875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
32876 ;;;;;; 0))
32877 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
32879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
32881 ;;;***
32882 \f
32883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32884 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
32886 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
32887 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
32888 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32889 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32890 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32891 `line', and `page'.
32893 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
32895 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32896 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
32897 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32898 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32899 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32900 `line', and `page'.
32902 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
32903 valid THING.
32905 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
32906 positions of the thing found.
32908 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
32910 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32911 Return the THING at point.
32912 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32913 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32914 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32915 `line', `number', and `page'.
32917 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
32918 strip text properties from the return value.
32920 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
32921 a symbol as a valid THING.
32923 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
32925 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32926 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
32928 \(fn)" nil nil)
32930 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32931 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
32933 \(fn)" nil nil)
32935 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32936 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
32938 \(fn)" nil nil)
32940 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32941 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
32943 \(fn)" nil nil)
32945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("form-at-point" "thing-at-point-" "sentence-at-point" "word-at-point" "in-string-p" "end-of-thing" "beginning-of-thing")))
32947 ;;;***
32948 \f
32949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
32950 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
32952 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
32953 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
32955 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
32957 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
32958 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
32959 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
32960 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
32962 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
32964 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
32965 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
32967 \(fn)" t nil)
32969 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
32970 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
32972 \(fn)" t nil)
32974 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
32976 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
32977 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
32979 \(fn)" t nil)
32981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
32983 ;;;***
32984 \f
32985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32986 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
32987 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-")))
32991 ;;;***
32992 \f
32993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
32994 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32995 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
32997 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
32998 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
32999 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
33001 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
33003 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
33004 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
33006 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33008 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
33009 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
33010 The returned string has no composition information.
33012 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33014 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
33015 Compose Tibetan string STR.
33017 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33019 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
33020 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
33022 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33024 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
33025 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
33026 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
33027 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33029 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
33031 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
33032 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
33033 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
33034 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33036 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33038 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33039 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
33040 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
33042 \(fn)" t nil)
33044 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33045 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
33046 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
33048 \(fn)" t nil)
33050 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33053 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
33055 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33058 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33060 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
33063 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-")))
33067 ;;;***
33068 \f
33069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
33070 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
33071 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33073 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
33074 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
33075 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33076 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33077 parameters.
33078 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33079 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33080 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33082 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33084 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
33085 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
33086 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33087 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33088 parameters.
33089 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33090 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33091 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33093 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33095 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
33096 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
33098 If
33099 * character before point is a space character,
33101 constituent),
33102 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
33103 characters) from before the space character, and
33104 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
33105 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
33106 return t.
33108 Otherwise, if
33109 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
33110 * character before point is a space character, and
33111 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
33112 `tildify-space-string' variable,
33113 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
33115 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
33117 \(fn)" t nil)
33119 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
33120 Adds electric behavior to space character.
33122 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
33123 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
33124 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
33125 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
33127 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
33128 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
33129 variable will be set to the representation.
33131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33133 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-")))
33135 ;;;***
33136 \f
33137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
33138 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
33140 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
33143 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33144 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33146 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33147 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33148 This display updates automatically every minute.
33149 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33150 are displayed as well.
33151 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33153 \(fn)" t nil)
33155 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33156 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33157 See the `display-time-mode' command
33158 for a description of this minor mode.
33159 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33160 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33161 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33163 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33165 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33166 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33167 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33168 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33169 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33171 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33172 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33173 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33174 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33175 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33179 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33180 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33181 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33182 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33184 \(fn)" t nil)
33186 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33187 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33188 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33191 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33193 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33194 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33196 \(fn)" t nil)
33198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "legacy-style-world-list" "zoneinfo-style-world-list")))
33200 ;;;***
33201 \f
33202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33203 ;;;;;; 0))
33204 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33206 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33207 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33208 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33210 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33212 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33214 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33215 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33217 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33219 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33220 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33222 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33224 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33225 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33226 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33228 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33230 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "26.1")
33232 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33233 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33234 DATE should be a date-time string.
33236 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33238 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33239 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33240 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33242 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33244 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33245 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33247 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33249 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33250 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33252 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33254 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33255 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33256 TIME should be a time value.
33257 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33259 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33261 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33262 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33263 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33265 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33267 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33268 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33269 The valid format specifiers are:
33270 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33271 %d is the number of days.
33272 %h is the number of hours.
33273 %m is the number of minutes.
33274 %s is the number of seconds.
33275 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33279 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33287 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33289 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33291 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33293 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33294 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33296 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("seconds-to-string" "time-" "encode-time-value" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33300 ;;;***
33301 \f
33302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33303 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33304 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33305 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33306 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33307 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33308 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33309 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33310 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33311 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33313 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33314 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33315 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33316 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33318 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33319 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33320 look like one of the following:
33321 Time-stamp: <>
33323 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33324 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33325 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33326 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33327 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33328 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33329 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33330 the template.
33332 \(fn)" t nil)
33334 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33336 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-")))
33342 ;;;***
33343 \f
33344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33345 ;;;;;; 0))
33346 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33347 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33349 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33350 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33351 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33352 for a description of this minor mode.
33353 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33354 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33355 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33357 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33359 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33360 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33361 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33362 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33363 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33364 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33365 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33366 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33367 display (non-nil means on).
33369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33371 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33372 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33373 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33374 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33375 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33376 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33377 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33378 this function is called within a day.
33380 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33381 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33382 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33383 discover the name of the project.
33385 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33387 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33388 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33389 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33390 begun during the last time segment.
33392 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33393 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33394 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33395 discover the reason.
33397 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33399 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33400 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33401 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33402 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33403 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33405 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33407 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33408 Change to working on a different project.
33409 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33410 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33411 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33412 working on.
33414 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33416 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33417 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33418 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33420 \(fn)" nil nil)
33422 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33423 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33424 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33426 \(fn)" t nil)
33428 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33429 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33430 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33431 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33432 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33435 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33437 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33438 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33439 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33440 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33442 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33444 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33445 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33446 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33447 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33448 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33449 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33451 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
33455 ;;;***
33456 \f
33457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
33458 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33459 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
33461 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
33462 List all timers in a buffer.
33464 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
33465 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
33467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-")))
33469 ;;;***
33470 \f
33471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
33472 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
33474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
33476 ;;;***
33477 \f
33478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
33479 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33480 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
33482 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33483 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
33484 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
33485 the generated Quail package is saved.
33487 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
33489 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33490 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
33491 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
33492 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
33497 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
33499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("batch-miscdic-convert" "miscdic-convert" "ctlau-" "ziranma-converter" "py-converter" "quail-" "quick-" "tit-" "tsang-")))
33501 ;;;***
33502 \f
33503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tls" "net/tls.el" (0 0 0 0))
33504 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tls.el
33506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tls" '("open-tls-stream" "tls-")))
33508 ;;;***
33509 \f
33510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
33511 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
33512 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
33513 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
33515 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
33516 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33517 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33518 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
33519 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
33522 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
33523 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
33525 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
33527 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
33528 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33529 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
33530 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
33531 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33533 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
33535 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
33536 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
33537 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
33538 in the menu in two ways:
33539 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
33540 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
33541 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
33543 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
33544 keymap or an alist of alists.
33545 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
33546 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
33548 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
33550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-")))
33552 ;;;***
33553 \f
33554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
33555 ;;;;;; 0))
33556 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
33558 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
33559 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
33561 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
33562 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
33563 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
33564 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
33565 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
33566 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
33567 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
33568 file was last visited.
33570 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
33571 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
33572 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
33573 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
33574 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
33575 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
33576 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
33577 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
33578 for the first item.
33580 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
33581 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
33582 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
33583 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
33584 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
33585 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
33586 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
33587 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
33589 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
33590 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
33592 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
33593 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
33595 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
33597 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
33598 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
33602 \(fn)" t nil)
33604 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
33605 Major mode for archived todo categories.
33609 \(fn)" t nil)
33611 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
33612 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
33616 \(fn)" t nil)
33618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-")))
33620 ;;;***
33621 \f
33622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
33623 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
33625 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
33626 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
33627 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
33629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33631 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
33632 Add an item to the tool bar.
33633 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33634 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33635 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33636 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33638 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33639 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33640 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33641 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33643 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33644 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
33646 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33648 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
33649 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
33650 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33651 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33652 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33653 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33655 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33656 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33657 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33658 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33660 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33662 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33663 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
33664 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
33665 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33666 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33667 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33668 properties to add to the binding.
33670 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
33672 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33673 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
33675 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33677 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33678 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
33679 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
33680 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33681 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33682 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33683 properties to add to the binding.
33685 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
33686 holds a keymap.
33688 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-")))
33692 ;;;***
33693 \f
33694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
33695 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
33697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
33699 ;;;***
33700 \f
33701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
33702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
33704 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
33705 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
33706 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
33707 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
33708 to a tcp server on another machine.
33710 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
33712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
33714 ;;;***
33715 \f
33716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
33717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
33719 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
33720 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
33722 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
33724 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
33725 Helper function to get internal values.
33726 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
33728 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
33730 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
33731 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
33732 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
33733 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
33735 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
33736 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
33737 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
33738 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
33739 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
33741 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
33742 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
33743 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
33744 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
33746 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
33748 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33750 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
33751 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
33752 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
33753 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
33755 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33757 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
33759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("untrace-" "trace-" "inhibit-trace")))
33761 ;;;***
33762 \f
33763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33764 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
33766 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
33767 Whether Tramp is enabled.
33768 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
33770 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
33772 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
33773 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
33775 It can have the following values:
33777 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
33778 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
33780 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
33782 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
33783 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33784 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33786 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33789 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33790 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33792 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33793 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
33794 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file
33795 names. When calling `tramp-register-file-name-handlers', the
33796 initial value is overwritten by the car of `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33798 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
33799 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33800 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33802 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33805 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33806 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33808 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33809 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
33810 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
33812 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33813 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33814 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33815 updated after changing this variable.
33817 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33819 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
33820 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
33821 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
33822 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
33823 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args)
33824 (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))
33826 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
33827 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
33829 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
33830 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
33832 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
33834 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
33835 Unload Tramp file name handlers from `file-name-handler-alist'.
33837 \(fn)" nil nil)
33839 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
33840 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.
33842 This is necessary, because Tramp uses a heuristic depending on last
33843 input event. This fails when external packages use other characters
33845 should never be set globally, the intention is to let-bind it.")
33847 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
33848 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
33850 \(fn)" t nil)
33852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("tramp-" "with-")))
33854 ;;;***
33855 \f
33856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
33859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-")))
33861 ;;;***
33862 \f
33863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
33864 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
33866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
33868 ;;;***
33869 \f
33870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
33871 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
33873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
33875 ;;;***
33876 \f
33877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
33878 ;;;;;; 0))
33879 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
33881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-")))
33883 ;;;***
33884 \f
33885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33886 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
33888 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
33889 Reenable Ange-FTP, when Tramp is unloaded.
33891 \(fn)" nil nil)
33893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-")))
33895 ;;;***
33896 \f
33897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33898 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
33900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("tramp-" "with-tramp-dbus-call-method")))
33902 ;;;***
33903 \f
33904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gw" "net/tramp-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
33905 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gw.el
33907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gw" '("tramp-gw-" "socks-")))
33909 ;;;***
33910 \f
33911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
33912 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
33914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
33916 ;;;***
33917 \f
33918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33919 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
33921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
33923 ;;;***
33924 \f
33925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
33926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
33928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu")))
33930 ;;;***
33931 \f
33932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
33933 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
33934 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 1 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
33936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-")))
33938 ;;;***
33939 \f
33940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
33941 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
33943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-")))
33945 ;;;***
33946 \f
33947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
33948 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
33950 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
33951 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
33952 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
33953 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
33954 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
33955 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
33956 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
33957 any question when restarting the tutorial.
33959 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
33960 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
33961 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
33963 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
33964 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
33965 resumed later.
33967 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
33969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("get-lang-string" "lang-strings" "tutorial--")))
33971 ;;;***
33972 \f
33973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
33974 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
33976 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
33979 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
33981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-")))
33983 ;;;***
33984 \f
33985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
33986 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33987 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
33988 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
33989 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
33990 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
33992 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
33993 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
33996 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
33997 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
33998 first and the associated buffer to its right.
34000 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
34002 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
34003 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
34004 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
34005 accepting the proposed default buffer.
34009 \(fn)" t nil)
34011 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
34012 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
34013 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
34014 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
34015 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
34016 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
34017 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
34019 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
34020 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
34022 First column's text sSs Second column's text
34029 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
34031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
34033 ;;;***
34034 \f
34035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
34036 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
34038 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
34039 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
34040 See the `type-break-mode' command
34041 for a description of this minor mode.
34042 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34043 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34044 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
34046 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
34048 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
34049 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
34050 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
34052 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
34053 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
34054 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
34055 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
34056 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
34057 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
34058 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
34060 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
34061 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
34063 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
34064 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
34065 reset the keystroke counter.
34067 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
34068 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
34069 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
34070 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
34072 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
34073 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
34074 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
34075 `type-break-schedule' command.
34077 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
34078 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
34079 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
34080 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
34081 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
34082 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
34083 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
34084 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
34085 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
34087 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
34088 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
34089 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
34090 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
34091 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
34093 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
34094 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
34095 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
34096 approximate good values for this.
34098 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
34099 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
34101 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
34102 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
34103 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
34104 `type-break-warning-repeat'
34105 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
34106 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
34108 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
34109 a typing break occur. They include:
34111 `type-break-query-mode'
34112 `type-break-query-function'
34113 `type-break-query-interval'
34115 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
34117 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
34118 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
34119 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
34120 problems.
34122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34124 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
34125 Take a typing break.
34127 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
34128 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
34130 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
34131 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34133 \(fn)" t nil)
34135 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34136 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34137 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34138 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34140 \(fn)" t nil)
34142 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34143 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34145 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34146 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34147 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34148 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34149 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34150 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34151 average typing speed.)
34153 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34154 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34155 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34156 the computed maximum threshold.
34158 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34159 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34160 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34161 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34162 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34164 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("timep" "type-break-")))
34168 ;;;***
34169 \f
34170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34171 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34173 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34174 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34175 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34176 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34177 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34179 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34183 ;;;***
34184 \f
34185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34186 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34187 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34189 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34190 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34192 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34194 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34195 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34197 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34199 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34200 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34202 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34204 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34205 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34207 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34209 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34210 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34212 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34214 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34215 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34217 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34219 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34220 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34222 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34224 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34225 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34227 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34229 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34230 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34232 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34234 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34235 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34237 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34239 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34240 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34242 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34244 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34245 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34247 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34251 ;;;***
34252 \f
34253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34254 ;;;;;; 0))
34255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34257 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34258 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34259 Works by overstriking underscores.
34260 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34261 which specify the range to operate on.
34263 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34265 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34266 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34267 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34268 which specify the range to operate on.
34270 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34272 ;;;***
34273 \f
34274 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34275 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-")))
34280 ;;;***
34281 \f
34282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34285 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34286 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34287 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34288 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34289 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34290 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34292 \(fn)" nil nil)
34294 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34295 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34296 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34298 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34300 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34302 ;;;***
34303 \f
34304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34307 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34308 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34309 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34310 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34312 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34314 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("unsafep-" "safe-functions")))
34316 ;;;***
34317 \f
34318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34319 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34321 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34322 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34323 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34324 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34325 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34327 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34328 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34329 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34330 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34331 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34332 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34334 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34335 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34336 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34338 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34339 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34340 the callback is not called).
34342 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34343 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34344 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34345 take effect.
34347 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34348 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34349 the server.
34350 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34351 URL-encoded before it's used.
34353 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34355 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34356 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34357 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34358 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34359 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34361 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34362 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34363 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34364 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34366 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34370 ;;;***
34371 \f
34372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34373 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-")))
34377 ;;;***
34378 \f
34379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34380 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34382 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34383 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34384 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34386 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34387 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34388 `url-generic-parse-url'
34389 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34390 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34391 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34392 realm
34393 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34394 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34395 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34396 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34397 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34398 what type of auth to use
34399 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34400 if one cannot be found in the cache
34402 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34404 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34405 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34407 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34408 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34409 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34410 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34411 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34412 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34413 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34414 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34416 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-")))
34420 ;;;***
34421 \f
34422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34423 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34425 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34426 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34428 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34430 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34431 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34432 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34434 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34436 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34437 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34439 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-")))
34443 ;;;***
34444 \f
34445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34446 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34448 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34451 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34455 ;;;***
34456 \f
34457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34458 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie")))
34462 ;;;***
34463 \f
34464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34465 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34467 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34468 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34469 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34471 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34473 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34474 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34475 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34476 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
34478 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
34479 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
34480 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
34481 though.
34483 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
34485 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
34486 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
34487 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
34489 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
34491 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
34494 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-")))
34498 ;;;***
34499 \f
34500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
34501 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
34503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-")))
34505 ;;;***
34506 \f
34507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
34508 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
34510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-")))
34512 ;;;***
34513 \f
34514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
34515 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
34517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-")))
34519 ;;;***
34520 \f
34521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
34522 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
34524 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
34525 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
34527 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
34529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
34531 ;;;***
34532 \f
34533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34534 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
34536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp")))
34538 ;;;***
34539 \f
34540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
34541 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
34543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
34545 ;;;***
34546 \f
34547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
34548 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
34550 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
34551 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
34553 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
34555 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
34556 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
34557 Args per `open-network-stream'.
34558 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
34559 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
34561 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
34562 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
34564 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
34566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-")))
34568 ;;;***
34569 \f
34570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
34571 ;;;;;; 0))
34572 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
34574 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
34575 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
34576 See the `url-handler-mode' command
34577 for a description of this minor mode.
34578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34579 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34580 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
34582 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
34584 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
34585 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
34586 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
34587 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
34588 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
34590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34592 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
34593 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34594 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
34595 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
34597 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34599 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
34600 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
34601 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
34602 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
34603 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
34604 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
34605 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
34606 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
34607 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
34608 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
34610 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
34612 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
34613 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
34614 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
34615 accessible.
34617 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
34619 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
34620 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
34621 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
34622 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
34624 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34626 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
34629 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34631 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-")))
34633 ;;;***
34634 \f
34635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
34636 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
34638 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-")))
34640 ;;;***
34641 \f
34642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
34643 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
34644 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
34646 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
34647 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
34648 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
34649 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
34650 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
34652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-h")))
34654 ;;;***
34655 \f
34656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34657 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
34659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap")))
34661 ;;;***
34662 \f
34663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34664 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
34666 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
34669 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-")))
34673 ;;;***
34674 \f
34675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34676 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
34678 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
34679 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
34680 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
34681 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
34682 `url-generic-parse-url'.
34684 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
34688 ;;;***
34689 \f
34690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
34691 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
34693 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
34696 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
34698 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
34699 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
34701 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
34705 ;;;***
34706 \f
34707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
34708 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
34710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-")))
34712 ;;;***
34713 \f
34714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34715 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
34717 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
34718 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
34720 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34722 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
34723 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
34725 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34727 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
34730 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34732 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34734 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34736 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34738 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
34739 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
34741 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
34745 ;;;***
34746 \f
34747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
34748 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
34750 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
34753 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34755 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
34758 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-")))
34762 ;;;***
34763 \f
34764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34765 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
34767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs")))
34769 ;;;***
34770 \f
34771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
34772 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
34774 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
34777 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34779 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
34782 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
34784 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
34787 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34789 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
34792 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34794 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
34797 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
34799 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
34802 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
34804 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
34807 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
34809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-")))
34811 ;;;***
34812 \f
34813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
34814 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
34816 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
34817 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
34819 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
34821 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
34822 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
34823 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
34825 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
34826 USER is the user name (string or nil).
34827 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
34828 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
34829 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
34830 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
34831 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
34832 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
34833 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
34834 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
34835 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
34836 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
34837 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
34840 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
34841 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
34842 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
34844 Here is an example. The URL
34846 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
34848 parses to
34854 PORTSPEC = 42
34857 ATTRIBUTES = nil
34858 FULLNESS = t
34860 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
34864 ;;;***
34865 \f
34866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34867 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
34869 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
34870 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
34872 \(fn)" t nil)
34874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
34876 ;;;***
34877 \f
34878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34879 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
34881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-")))
34883 ;;;***
34884 \f
34885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
34886 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
34888 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
34889 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34890 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
34891 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
34892 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
34893 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
34895 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue")))
34899 ;;;***
34900 \f
34901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34902 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
34904 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
34905 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
34906 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
34908 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
34910 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
34911 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34912 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
34913 would have been passed to OPERATION.
34915 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-")))
34919 ;;;***
34920 \f
34921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34922 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
34924 (defvar url-debug nil "\
34925 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
34926 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
34928 If t, all messages will be logged.
34929 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
34930 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
34932 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
34934 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
34937 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34939 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
34942 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
34944 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
34945 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
34947 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
34948 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
34949 & ==> &
34950 < ==> <
34951 > ==> >
34954 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
34956 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
34958 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
34960 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34962 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
34963 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
34964 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
34966 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34968 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
34969 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
34971 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
34973 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
34974 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
34976 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34978 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
34979 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
34981 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34983 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
34986 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34988 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
34991 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
34993 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
34995 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
34996 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
34998 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35000 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
35001 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
35003 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35005 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
35008 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35010 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
35011 Build a query-string.
35013 Given a QUERY in the form:
35014 ((key1 val1)
35015 (key2 val2)
35016 (key3 val1 val2)
35017 (key4)
35020 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
35022 This will return a string
35024 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
35025 be used.
35032 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
35034 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
35035 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
35036 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
35037 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
35038 forbidden in URL encoding.
35040 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35042 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
35043 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
35044 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
35045 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
35046 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
35049 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
35050 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
35051 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
35052 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
35054 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
35056 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
35057 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
35058 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
35059 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
35060 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
35061 should return it unchanged.
35063 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35065 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
35066 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
35067 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
35068 of the file with the extension stripped off.
35070 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
35072 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
35073 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
35074 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
35076 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
35078 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
35079 View the current document's URL.
35080 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
35081 the minibuffer.
35083 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
35085 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
35087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-")))
35089 ;;;***
35090 \f
35091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
35092 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
35094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
35096 ;;;***
35097 \f
35098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
35099 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
35101 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
35102 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
35103 This function has a choice of three things to do:
35105 to refrain from editing the file
35106 return t (grab the lock on the file)
35107 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
35108 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
35109 in any way you like.
35111 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
35113 (autoload 'userlock--ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35116 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35118 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35119 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
35120 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
35122 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
35124 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
35125 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
35127 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-" "userlock--check-content-unchanged" "file-")))
35131 ;;;***
35132 \f
35133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35134 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
35136 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35139 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35141 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35144 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35146 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35149 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35151 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35154 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35156 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-")))
35158 ;;;***
35159 \f
35160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35161 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35163 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35164 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35166 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35168 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35170 ;;;***
35171 \f
35172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35173 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35175 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35176 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35177 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35178 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35180 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35182 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35183 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35184 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35186 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35188 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35189 Uudecode region between START and END.
35190 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35192 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35196 ;;;***
35197 \f
35198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35199 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35201 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35202 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35203 See `run-hooks'.")
35205 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35207 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35208 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35209 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35211 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35213 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35214 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35215 See `run-hooks'.")
35217 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35219 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35220 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35222 If FILE is already registered, return the
35223 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35224 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35225 responsible for FILE is returned.
35227 Note that if FILE is a symbolic link, it will not be resolved --
35228 the responsible backend system for the symbolic link itself will
35229 be reported.
35231 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35233 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35234 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35235 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35236 same state. If not, signal an error.
35238 For merging-based version control systems:
35239 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35240 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35241 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35242 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35243 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35244 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35246 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35247 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35248 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35249 the file(s) for editing.
35250 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35251 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35252 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35253 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35254 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35256 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35258 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35259 Register into a version control system.
35260 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35261 Otherwise register the current file.
35262 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35264 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35265 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35266 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35267 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35268 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35269 first backend that could register the file is used.
35271 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35273 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35274 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35276 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35278 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35279 Display diffs between file revisions.
35280 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35281 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35282 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35284 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35285 saving the buffer.
35287 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35289 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35290 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35291 repository history using ediff.
35293 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35295 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35296 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35297 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35298 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35299 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35301 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35302 saving the buffer.
35304 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35306 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35307 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35308 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35309 fileset with the working revision.
35310 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35311 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35313 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35314 saving the buffer.
35316 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35318 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35319 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35320 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35322 \(fn)" nil nil)
35324 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35325 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35326 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35327 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35329 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35331 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35332 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35333 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35334 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35336 \(fn)" t nil)
35338 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35339 Perform a version control merge operation.
35340 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35342 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35343 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35345 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35346 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35347 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35348 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35349 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35350 changes from the current branch.
35352 \(fn)" t nil)
35354 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35355 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35357 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35359 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35361 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35362 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35363 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35364 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35365 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35366 checked out in that new branch.
35368 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35370 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35371 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35372 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35373 named branch in the directory DIR.
35374 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35375 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
35376 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35377 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35378 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35379 allowed and simply skipped).
35381 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35383 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35384 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35385 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35386 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35387 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35389 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35390 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35392 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35394 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35395 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35396 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35397 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35398 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35400 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35402 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35403 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35404 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35406 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35408 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35409 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35410 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35412 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35414 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35415 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
35417 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35419 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35420 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35421 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35422 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35424 \(fn)" t nil)
35426 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35428 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35429 Update the current fileset or branch.
35430 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35432 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35433 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35434 command to run.
35436 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35437 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35438 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35439 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35440 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35444 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35446 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35447 Push the current branch.
35448 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35450 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35451 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35452 VCS command to run.
35454 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35455 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35459 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35460 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
35461 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
35462 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
35463 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
35464 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
35465 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
35467 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
35469 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
35470 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
35471 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
35472 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
35473 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
35474 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
35475 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
35476 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
35477 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
35479 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
35481 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
35482 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
35483 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
35484 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35486 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
35488 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
35489 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
35490 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
35491 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35493 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
35495 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
35496 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
35497 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
35498 directory.
35500 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
35502 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
35503 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
35504 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
35506 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
35507 log entries should be gathered.
35509 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35511 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
35512 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
35514 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
35516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "with-vc-properties")))
35518 ;;;***
35519 \f
35520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
35521 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
35523 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
35524 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
35526 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
35527 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
35528 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
35529 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
35530 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
35531 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35533 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
35534 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
35535 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
35536 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
35537 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
35538 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
35539 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
35540 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35542 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
35544 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
35546 Customization variables:
35548 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
35549 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
35550 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
35551 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
35552 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
35553 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
35555 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
35557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-")))
35559 ;;;***
35560 \f
35561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
35562 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
35564 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
35565 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
35567 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
35568 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
35569 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
35570 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
35571 (progn
35572 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
35573 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
35575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-")))
35577 ;;;***
35578 \f
35579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35580 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
35581 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
35582 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
35583 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
35584 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
35585 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
35586 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
35588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
35590 ;;;***
35591 \f
35592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
35593 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
35595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
35597 ;;;***
35598 \f
35599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
35600 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
35602 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
35604 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
35605 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
35606 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
35608 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
35609 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
35610 The file lines appear later.
35612 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
35613 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
35615 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
35619 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
35621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-")))
35623 ;;;***
35624 \f
35625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
35626 ;;;;;; 0 0))
35627 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
35629 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
35630 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
35631 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
35632 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
35633 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
35634 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
35635 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
35636 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
35637 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
35638 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
35639 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
35640 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
35641 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
35642 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
35643 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
35645 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
35647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-")))
35649 ;;;***
35650 \f
35651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
35652 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
35654 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-")))
35656 ;;;***
35657 \f
35658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
35659 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
35660 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
35661 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
35662 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
35663 (progn
35664 (load "vc-git" nil t)
35665 (vc-git-registered file))))
35667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-")))
35669 ;;;***
35670 \f
35671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
35672 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
35673 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
35674 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
35675 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
35676 (progn
35677 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
35678 (vc-hg-registered file))))
35680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-")))
35682 ;;;***
35683 \f
35684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35685 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
35687 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
35688 Name of the monotone directory.")
35690 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
35691 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
35692 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
35693 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
35694 (progn
35695 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
35696 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
35698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
35700 ;;;***
35701 \f
35702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35703 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
35705 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
35706 Where to look for RCS master files.
35707 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35709 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
35711 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
35713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-r")))
35715 ;;;***
35716 \f
35717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35718 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
35720 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
35721 Where to look for SCCS master files.
35722 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35724 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
35726 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
35728 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
35729 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
35730 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
35731 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
35733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
35735 ;;;***
35736 \f
35737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
35738 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
35740 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
35741 Where to look for SRC master files.
35742 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35744 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
35746 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
35748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
35750 ;;;***
35751 \f
35752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35753 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
35754 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
35755 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
35756 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
35757 "_svn")
35758 (t ".svn"))))
35759 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
35760 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
35761 (vc-svn-registered f))))
35763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
35765 ;;;***
35766 \f
35767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
35768 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
35770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
35772 ;;;***
35773 \f
35774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
35775 ;;;;;; 0))
35776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
35777 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
35780 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
35781 Major mode for editing Vera code.
35783 Usage:
35784 ------
35786 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
35787 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
35789 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
35791 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
35792 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
35793 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
35794 completions.
35796 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
35797 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
35799 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
35800 uncomments a region if already commented out.
35802 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
35803 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
35804 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
35806 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
35809 Maintenance:
35810 ------------
35812 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
35813 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
35815 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
35817 Official distribution is at
35818 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
35821 The Vera Mode Maintainer
35822 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
35824 Key bindings:
35825 -------------
35829 \(fn)" t nil)
35831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
35833 ;;;***
35834 \f
35835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
35836 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
35837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
35839 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
35840 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
35843 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
35847 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
35848 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
35850 Supports highlighting.
35852 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
35853 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
35855 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
35857 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
35858 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
35859 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
35860 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
35861 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
35862 on the left side of your screen.
35863 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
35864 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
35865 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
35866 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
35867 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
35868 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
35869 function keyword.
35870 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
35872 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
35873 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
35874 if (a)
35875 begin
35876 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
35877 Indentation for case statements.
35878 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
35879 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
35880 mark after an end.
35881 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
35882 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
35883 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
35884 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
35885 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
35886 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
35887 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
35888 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
35889 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
35890 if (a)
35891 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
35892 otherwise you get:
35893 if (a)
35894 begin
35895 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
35896 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
35897 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
35898 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
35899 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
35900 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
35901 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
35902 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
35903 comments in tight quarters.
35904 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
35905 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
35907 Variables controlling other actions:
35909 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
35910 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
35915 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
35921 Some other functions are:
35951 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35952 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35964 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
35967 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
35971 \(fn)" t nil)
35973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("vl-" "verilog-" "electric-verilog-")))
35975 ;;;***
35976 \f
35977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
35978 ;;;;;; 0))
35979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
35981 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
35982 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
35984 Usage:
35985 ------
35987 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
35988 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
35989 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
35990 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
35991 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
35992 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
35993 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
35994 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
35995 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
35997 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
35998 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
35999 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
36000 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
36002 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
36003 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
36004 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
36005 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
36006 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
36008 Template styles can be customized in customization group
36009 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
36012 HEADER INSERTION:
36013 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
36014 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
36015 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
36018 STUTTERING:
36019 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
36020 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
36021 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
36022 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
36031 WORD COMPLETION:
36032 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
36033 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
36034 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
36035 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
36037 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
36038 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
36039 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
36043 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
36044 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
36045 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
36046 stop.
36049 COMMENTS:
36050 `--' puts a single comment.
36051 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
36052 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
36053 with a comment in between.
36054 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
36055 out following lines.
36056 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
36057 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
36058 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
36059 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
36061 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
36062 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
36063 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
36064 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
36065 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
36066 non-nil.
36068 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
36069 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
36070 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
36071 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
36072 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
36073 multi-line comments.
36076 INDENTATION:
36077 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
36078 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
36079 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
36080 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
36081 the entire region.
36083 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
36085 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
36086 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
36088 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
36090 tabs and vice versa.
36092 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
36093 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
36095 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
36096 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
36097 line.
36100 ALIGNMENT:
36101 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
36102 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
36103 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
36104 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
36105 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
36106 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
36107 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
36108 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
36110 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
36111 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
36112 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
36113 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
36114 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
36115 is non-nil.
36117 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
36118 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
36119 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
36121 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
36122 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
36125 CODE FILLING:
36126 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
36127 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
36128 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
36129 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
36130 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
36131 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
36134 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
36135 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
36136 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
36137 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
36138 command:
36140 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
36143 PORT TRANSLATION:
36144 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36145 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36146 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36147 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36148 internal signal initializations (menu).
36150 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36151 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36152 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36154 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36155 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36156 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36157 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36158 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36159 in subsequent paste operations.)
36161 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36162 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36163 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36166 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36167 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36168 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36169 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36170 association list with formals).
36173 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36174 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36175 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36176 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36177 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36178 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36179 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36180 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36181 `vhdl-testbench'.
36184 KEY BINDINGS:
36185 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36188 VHDL MENU:
36189 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36192 FILE BROWSER:
36193 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36194 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36195 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36197 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36198 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36201 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36202 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36203 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36204 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36206 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36207 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36208 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36210 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36211 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36212 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36215 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36216 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36217 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36218 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36219 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36221 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36222 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36223 required by secondary units.
36226 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36227 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36228 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36229 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36230 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36231 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36232 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36233 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36234 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36235 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36236 inputs to this component -> input port created
36237 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36238 outputs from this component -> output port created
36239 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36240 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36242 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36243 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36244 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36245 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36246 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36248 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36249 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36251 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36252 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36253 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36254 component instantiation is also supported (option
36255 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36257 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36258 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36259 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36260 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36261 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36262 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36263 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36264 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36265 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36266 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36267 generating the configuration.
36269 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36270 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36271 configurations in speedbar.
36273 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36276 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36277 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36278 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36279 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36280 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36281 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36282 information. New compilers can be added.
36284 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36285 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36288 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36289 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36290 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36291 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36292 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36294 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36295 command:
36297 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36298 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36299 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36303 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36304 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36305 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36306 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36307 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36308 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36309 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36311 Limitations:
36312 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36313 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36314 not (yet) supported.
36315 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36316 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36320 PROJECTS:
36321 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36322 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36323 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36324 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36325 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36326 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36327 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36328 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36330 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36331 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36332 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36335 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36336 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36337 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36338 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36339 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36340 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36343 SPECIAL MENUES:
36344 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36345 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36347 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36348 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36349 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36350 current directory for VHDL source files.
36353 VHDL STANDARDS:
36354 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36355 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36358 KEYWORD CASE:
36359 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36360 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36361 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36362 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36363 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36364 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36365 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36366 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36369 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36370 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36371 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36372 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36373 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36374 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36375 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36377 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36378 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36379 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36380 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36381 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36382 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36384 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36385 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36386 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36387 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36388 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36389 visually.
36391 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36392 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36393 highlighted if written in lower case.
36396 highlighted using a different background color if option
36397 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36399 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36401 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36402 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36403 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36406 USER MODELS:
36407 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36408 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36409 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36412 HIDE/SHOW:
36413 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36414 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36415 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36416 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36417 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36420 CODE UPDATING:
36421 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36422 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36423 Limitations:
36424 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36425 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36426 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36427 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36428 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36429 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36430 (used to obtain the port names).
36431 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36432 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36433 sensitivity lists.
36436 CODE FIXING:
36437 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36438 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36441 PRINTING:
36442 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36443 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36444 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36445 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36446 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36447 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36448 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36449 printers.
36452 OPTIONS:
36453 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36455 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36456 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36459 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
36462 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
36463 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
36464 INSTALL file).
36466 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
36470 FILE EXTENSIONS:
36472 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
36478 HINTS:
36479 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
36480 a VHDL file first, use the command:
36482 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
36484 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
36486 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
36489 RELEASE NOTES:
36490 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
36493 Maintenance:
36494 ------------
36497 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36499 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
36501 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
36502 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
36503 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
36504 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
36506 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
36507 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
36508 where the latest version can be found.
36511 Known problems:
36512 ---------------
36514 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
36515 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
36516 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
36517 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
36520 The VHDL Mode Authors
36521 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
36523 Key bindings:
36524 -------------
36528 \(fn)" t nil)
36530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
36532 ;;;***
36533 \f
36534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
36535 ;;;;;; 0))
36536 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
36538 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
36539 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
36541 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
36543 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36544 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
36545 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36546 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36548 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36550 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36551 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
36553 \(fn)" t nil)
36555 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36556 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36557 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36558 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36560 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36562 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36563 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36565 \(fn)" t nil)
36567 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
36570 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
36572 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
36575 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viet-viqr-alist" "viqr-regexp")))
36579 ;;;***
36580 \f
36581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
36582 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
36584 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
36585 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
36586 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
36588 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
36590 (defvar view-mode nil "\
36591 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
36592 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
36593 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
36595 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
36597 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
36598 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
36600 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
36602 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
36603 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36604 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36605 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36606 moving around in the buffer.
36607 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36608 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36610 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36612 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36614 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
36615 View FILE in View mode in another window.
36616 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
36617 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
36619 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36620 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36621 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36622 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36623 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36625 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36627 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36629 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
36630 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
36631 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
36632 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
36633 buffer.
36635 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36636 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36637 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36638 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36639 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36641 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36643 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36645 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
36646 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36647 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36648 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36649 moving around in the buffer.
36650 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36651 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36653 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36655 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36656 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36657 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36659 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
36660 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
36661 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
36662 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
36664 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36665 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36666 own View-like bindings.
36668 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36670 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
36671 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
36672 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36673 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36674 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36675 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36676 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36678 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36680 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36682 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36683 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36684 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36686 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36687 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36688 own View-like bindings.
36690 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36692 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
36693 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
36694 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36695 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36696 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36697 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36698 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36700 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36702 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36704 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36705 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36706 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36708 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36709 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36710 own View-like bindings.
36712 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36714 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
36715 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
36716 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
36717 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
36718 if ARG is omitted or nil.
36720 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
36721 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
36722 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
36723 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
36727 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
36729 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
36732 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
36733 to a repeat count of one.
36735 H, h, ? This message.
36736 Digits provide prefix arguments.
36739 > move to the end of buffer.
36742 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
36744 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
36745 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36746 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36749 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
36751 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
36752 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
36754 Use this to view a changing file.
36758 . set the mark.
36759 x exchanges point and mark.
36761 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
36762 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
36765 s do forward incremental search.
36766 r do reverse incremental search.
36767 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
36768 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
36769 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
36770 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
36773 p searches backward for last regular expression.
36777 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
36778 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
36780 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
36785 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
36786 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
36795 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36799 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
36800 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
36801 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
36802 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
36803 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
36804 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
36805 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
36806 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
36807 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
36809 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
36811 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
36813 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
36814 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
36815 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
36816 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
36817 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
36818 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
36820 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
36821 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
36822 called by `view-mode-exit'.
36824 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36826 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36828 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
36830 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
36831 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
36833 \(fn)" t nil)
36835 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("view-" "View-")))
36837 ;;;***
36838 \f
36839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
36840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
36841 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
36843 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
36844 Toggle Viper on/off.
36845 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
36847 \(fn)" t nil)
36849 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
36850 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
36852 \(fn)" t nil)
36854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("viper-" "set-viper-state-in-major-mode" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state")))
36856 ;;;***
36857 \f
36858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
36859 ;;;;;; 0))
36860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
36862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
36864 ;;;***
36865 \f
36866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
36867 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
36869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
36871 ;;;***
36872 \f
36873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
36874 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
36877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
36879 ;;;***
36880 \f
36881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
36882 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
36885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("viper-" "ex-read-filename-map")))
36887 ;;;***
36888 \f
36889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
36890 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
36893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("viper-" "ex-")))
36895 ;;;***
36896 \f
36897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
36898 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36899 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
36901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
36903 ;;;***
36904 \f
36905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
36906 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
36909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper")))
36911 ;;;***
36912 \f
36913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
36914 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
36916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
36918 ;;;***
36919 \f
36920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
36921 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
36923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-")))
36925 ;;;***
36926 \f
36927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
36928 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
36930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
36932 ;;;***
36933 \f
36934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
36935 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
36937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-")))
36939 ;;;***
36940 \f
36941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
36942 ;;;;;; 0))
36943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
36945 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
36946 Function to generate warning prefixes.
36947 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
36948 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
36949 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
36950 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
36951 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
36952 the beginning of the warning.")
36954 (defvar warning-series nil "\
36955 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
36956 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
36957 which is the start of the current series; it means that
36958 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
36959 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
36960 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
36961 also call that function before the next warning.")
36963 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
36964 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
36966 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
36967 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
36968 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
36969 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
36971 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
36972 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
36973 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36974 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36975 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
36976 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
36978 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36979 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36980 Default is :warning.
36982 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36983 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36984 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
36985 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
36986 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
36987 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36989 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
36990 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
36991 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
36993 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
36995 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
36996 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
36998 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
37000 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
37001 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37003 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37004 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
37006 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37007 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37008 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
37009 can be whatever you like.)
37011 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37012 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37014 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37015 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37016 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
37017 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
37018 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37020 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37022 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
37023 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37024 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37025 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
37026 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
37028 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("warning-" "log-warning-minimum-level" "display-warning-minimum-level")))
37032 ;;;***
37033 \f
37034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
37035 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
37036 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
37038 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
37039 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
37041 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
37042 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
37044 directories to reflect your edits.
37046 See `wdired-mode'.
37048 \(fn)" t nil)
37050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
37052 ;;;***
37053 \f
37054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
37055 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
37057 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
37058 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
37060 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
37061 hotlist.
37063 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
37064 <nwv@acm.org>.
37066 \(fn)" t nil)
37068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
37070 ;;;***
37071 \f
37072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
37073 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
37075 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
37076 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
37078 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
37080 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
37081 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
37082 See the `which-function-mode' command
37083 for a description of this minor mode.
37084 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37085 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37086 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
37088 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
37090 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
37091 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
37092 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
37093 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37094 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37096 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
37097 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
37098 in certain major modes.
37100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func")))
37104 ;;;***
37105 \f
37106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
37107 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
37108 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
37110 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37111 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
37112 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
37113 positive, and disable it otherwise.
37115 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37116 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37118 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37119 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37123 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37124 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
37125 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
37126 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37128 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37129 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37131 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
37132 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
37133 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
37134 use `whitespace-mode'.
37136 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37140 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
37141 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
37142 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
37143 for a description of this minor mode.
37144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37145 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37146 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37148 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37150 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37151 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37152 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37153 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37155 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37156 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37158 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37159 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37163 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37164 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37165 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37166 for a description of this minor mode.
37167 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37168 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37169 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37171 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37173 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37174 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37175 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37176 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37178 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37179 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37181 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37182 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37183 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37184 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37186 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37190 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37191 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37193 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37194 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37196 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37197 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37199 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37201 CHAR MEANING
37202 (VIA FACES)
37203 f toggle face visualization
37204 t toggle TAB visualization
37205 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37206 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37209 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37210 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37211 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37212 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37213 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37214 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37215 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37216 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37217 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37218 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37219 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37220 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37222 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37223 T toggle TAB visualization
37224 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37225 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37227 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37228 ? display brief help
37230 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37231 The valid symbols are:
37233 face toggle face visualization
37234 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37235 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37236 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37239 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37240 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37241 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37242 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37243 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37244 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37245 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37246 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37247 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37248 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37249 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37250 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37252 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37253 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37254 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37256 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37258 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37260 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37262 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37263 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37265 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37266 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37268 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37269 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37271 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37273 CHAR MEANING
37274 (VIA FACES)
37275 f toggle face visualization
37276 t toggle TAB visualization
37277 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37278 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37281 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37282 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37283 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37284 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37285 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37286 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37287 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37288 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37289 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37290 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37291 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37292 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37294 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37295 T toggle TAB visualization
37296 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37297 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37299 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37300 ? display brief help
37302 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37303 The valid symbols are:
37305 face toggle face visualization
37306 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37307 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37308 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37311 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37312 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37313 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37314 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37315 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37316 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37317 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37318 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37319 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37320 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37321 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37322 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37324 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37325 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37326 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37328 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37330 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37332 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37334 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37335 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37337 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37338 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37339 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37341 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37343 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37345 The problems cleaned up are:
37347 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37348 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37349 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37350 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37352 3. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37353 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37354 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by
37355 TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37356 SPACEs.
37357 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37358 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37359 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37360 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37362 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37363 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37364 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37365 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37366 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37367 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37368 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37369 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37371 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37372 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37373 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37375 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37376 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37377 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37378 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37379 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37380 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37381 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37382 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37384 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37385 documentation.
37387 \(fn)" t nil)
37389 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37390 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37392 The problems cleaned up are:
37394 1. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37395 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37396 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs,
37397 if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37398 SPACEs.
37399 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37400 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37401 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37402 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37404 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37405 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37406 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37407 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37408 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37409 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37410 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37411 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37413 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37414 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37415 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37417 4. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37418 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37419 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37420 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37421 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37422 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37423 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37424 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37426 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37427 documentation.
37429 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37431 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37432 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37434 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37436 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37438 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37439 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37441 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37442 non-nil.
37445 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37446 forces all classes of whitespace problem to be considered
37447 significant.
37449 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37450 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37451 report problems.
37453 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37455 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37456 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37457 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37458 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37459 indentation 4. line starts with `tab-width' or more SPACEs.
37460 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37461 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37463 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
37464 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37465 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37466 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37467 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
37468 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37469 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37471 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
37472 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
37473 cleaning up these problems.
37475 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
37479 ;;;***
37480 \f
37481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37482 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
37484 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
37485 Browse the widget under point.
37487 \(fn POS)" t nil)
37489 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
37490 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
37492 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
37494 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
37495 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
37497 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
37499 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
37500 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
37501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
37502 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
37503 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37507 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-")))
37509 ;;;***
37510 \f
37511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
37512 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
37514 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
37515 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
37517 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37519 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
37520 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
37521 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
37523 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
37525 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
37526 Create widget of TYPE.
37527 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
37529 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37531 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
37532 Delete WIDGET.
37534 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37536 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
37537 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
37539 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37541 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
37542 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
37543 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
37544 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
37546 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
37547 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
37549 \(fn)" nil nil)
37551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
37553 ;;;***
37554 \f
37555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
37556 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
37558 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
37559 Select the window to the left of the current one.
37560 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37562 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
37563 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37564 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37568 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
37569 Select the window above the current one.
37571 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
37572 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
37573 negative ARG) of the current window.
37574 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37578 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
37579 Select the window to the right of the current one.
37580 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37582 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
37583 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
37584 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37588 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
37589 Select the window below the current one.
37590 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37592 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
37593 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37594 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37598 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
37599 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
37600 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
37601 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
37603 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
37605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
37607 ;;;***
37608 \f
37609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
37610 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
37612 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
37613 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
37614 See the `winner-mode' command
37615 for a description of this minor mode.
37616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37617 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37618 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
37620 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
37622 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
37623 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
37624 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
37625 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37626 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
37628 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
37629 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
37631 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
37632 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
37633 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
37635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
37639 ;;;***
37640 \f
37641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
37642 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
37643 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
37645 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
37646 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
37647 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
37649 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
37651 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
37653 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
37654 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
37655 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
37656 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
37657 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
37658 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
37659 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
37660 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
37662 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
37663 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
37665 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
37667 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
37668 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
37670 \(fn)" t nil)
37672 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
37673 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
37674 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
37675 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
37676 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
37677 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
37678 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
37679 `woman' command for further details.
37681 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
37683 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
37684 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
37686 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
37688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("woman" "WoMan-" "menu-bar-manuals-menu" "set-woman-file-regexp")))
37690 ;;;***
37691 \f
37692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
37693 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
37695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
37697 ;;;***
37698 \f
37699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
37700 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
37702 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
37703 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
37704 Return the top node with all its children.
37705 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
37707 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37708 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37709 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37713 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37714 namespace to URIs instead.
37716 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37717 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37719 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37721 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37723 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37725 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
37726 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
37727 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
37728 not contain well-formed XML.
37730 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
37731 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
37732 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
37733 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
37734 element of the list.
37735 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37736 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37737 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37741 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37742 namespace to URIs instead.
37744 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37745 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37747 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37749 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37751 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-")))
37755 ;;;***
37756 \f
37757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
37758 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
37760 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
37761 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
37762 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
37763 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
37764 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
37765 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
37766 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
37767 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
37768 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
37769 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
37771 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
37773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
37775 ;;;***
37776 \f
37777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
37778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
37780 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
37783 \(fn)" nil nil)
37785 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
37788 \(fn)" t nil)
37790 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
37791 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
37793 \(fn)" nil nil)
37795 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
37796 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
37797 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
37798 prompt for it.
37800 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
37801 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
37802 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
37803 buffer where the user can select from the list.
37805 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37807 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
37808 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
37810 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37812 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
37813 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
37815 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37817 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
37818 Find references to the identifier at point.
37819 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
37821 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37823 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
37824 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
37825 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
37827 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
37828 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
37829 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
37830 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
37831 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
37832 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
37833 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
37835 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
37836 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
37837 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
37838 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
37840 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
37842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref-")))
37844 ;;;***
37845 \f
37846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
37847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
37849 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("xscheme-" "start-scheme" "scheme-" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "local-" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "run-scheme" "reset-scheme" "default-xscheme-runlight")))
37851 ;;;***
37852 \f
37853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
37854 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
37856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
37858 ;;;***
37859 \f
37860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37861 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
37863 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
37864 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
37865 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
37866 for a description of this minor mode.
37867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37868 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37869 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
37871 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
37873 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
37874 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
37875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
37876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37879 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
37880 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
37881 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
37882 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
37883 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
37884 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
37886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("turn-o" "xt-mouse-epoch" "xterm-mouse-")))
37890 ;;;***
37891 \f
37892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
37893 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
37895 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
37896 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
37897 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
37898 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
37900 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
37902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
37904 ;;;***
37905 \f
37906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
37907 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
37909 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
37910 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
37912 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37914 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
37915 Extract file name from an yenc header.
37917 \(fn)" nil nil)
37919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-")))
37921 ;;;***
37922 \f
37923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
37924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
37926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
37928 ;;;***
37929 \f
37930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
37931 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
37933 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
37934 Zone out, completely.
37936 \(fn)" t nil)
37938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
37940 ;;;***
37941 \f
37942 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
37943 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-loaddefs.el"
37944 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
37945 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el"
37946 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
37947 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
37948 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
37949 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
37950 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
37951 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
37952 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
37953 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
37954 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
37955 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
37956 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
37957 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
37958 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
37959 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
37960 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
37961 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
37962 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
37963 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
37964 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
37965 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el"
37966 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
37967 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
37968 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
37969 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
37970 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
37971 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
37972 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el"
37973 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
37974 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
37975 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el"
37976 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
37977 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
37978 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-loaddefs.el"
37979 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
37980 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
37981 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-preloaded.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
37982 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
37983 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
37984 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
37985 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
37986 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/timer.el"
37987 ;;;;;; "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
37988 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
37989 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
37990 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
37991 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
37992 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
37993 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el" "files.el"
37994 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "frame.el" "help.el"
37995 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "htmlfontify-loaddefs.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "ibuffer-loaddefs.el"
37996 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
37997 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/cp51932.el"
37998 ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
37999 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
38000 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
38001 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
38002 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
38003 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
38004 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
38005 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
38006 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
38007 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "language/burmese.el"
38008 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
38009 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
38010 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
38011 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
38012 ;;;;;; "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
38013 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el"
38014 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai.el"
38015 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
38016 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
38017 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
38018 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
38019 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
38020 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
38021 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
38022 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
38023 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
38024 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el"
38025 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
38026 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/rmail-loaddefs.el"
38027 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
38028 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
38029 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "menu-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
38030 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "mouse.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "newcomment.el"
38031 ;;;;;; "obarray.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-lob.el"
38032 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el"
38033 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-clock.el"
38034 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-feed.el"
38035 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
38036 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
38037 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el"
38038 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
38039 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
38040 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
38041 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "progmodes/elisp-mode.el" "progmodes/prog-mode.el"
38042 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print-loaddefs.el" "register.el"
38043 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "startup.el"
38044 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/page.el"
38045 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
38046 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
38047 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-loaddefs.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
38048 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
38049 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "uniquify.el" "vc/ediff-hook.el"
38050 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-hooks.el" "version.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (0
38051 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
38053 ;;;***
38054 \f
38055 (provide 'loaddefs)
38056 ;; Local Variables:
38057 ;; version-control: never
38058 ;; no-byte-compile: t
38059 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
38060 ;; coding: utf-8
38061 ;; End:
38062 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here